Intimations of Evil/Models of Good. Teaching Young People How to Respond. Wizards and Witches in Popular Novels. J.R.R. Tolkien’s “Lord of the Rings.” J.K. Rowling’s “Harry Potter” books. Ursula Leguin’s “Earthsea Trilogy.”

Intimations of Evil/Models of Good.

Teaching Young People How to Respond.

Wizards and Witches in Popular Novels.

J.R.R. Tolkien’s “Lord of the Rings.”

J.K. Rowling’s “Harry Potter” books.

Ursula Leguin’s “Earthsea Trilogy.”

Burton Weltman

“Careful the tale you tell

That is the spell

Children will listen”

The Witch in Into the Woods.

The Question of Evil.  Coming of Age with Wickedness in the World.

The slaughter of the innocents.  Torture.  Plagues.  Famines.  Sadism.  Prejudice.  Evil in the world abounds and surrounds us.  Why?  It is a question that has plagued theologians, philosophers and everyday people since ancient times.  How, for example, can a supposedly all-powerful and all-good God allow so much evil in the world?  And how is it that evildoers prosper, doing unto others as they would not have others do unto them, while the virtuous suffer.  If, as some religionists say, things will even out in an afterlife, what’s the point in the first place? 

And what is the nature of evil?  Is it a principle inherent in the universe or merely a lack of good?  Is it a presence or an absence?  An inevitability or an unfortunate possibility?  A one-by-one occurrence or a mass infestation?  In the end, how can you explain, let alone justify, the suffering of little children?  And what, if anything, can we do about it?

Children, if they are fortunate, are oblivious to evil for much of their early childhood.  Especially if they live in First World countries in relatively safe and prosperous environments.  But there comes a time when evil invades even the sheltered worlds of advantaged children, and the existence of evil frequently, then, comes as a shock to these young people.  Thereafter, coping with evil becomes an ongoing part of their lives.

In my case, that time occurred at the relatively young age of five years old.  I am Jewish.  My best friend, who lived across the alley from me, was Catholic.  He and I were sharing holidays.  He had come to my house for Hannukah and I was having dinner at his house for Christmas.  His grandparents were there and his grandmother was bemoaning that black people (she used the “N” word) were moving into the neighborhood.  My parents were civil rights activists so I knew that what she was saying was not good and I wondered if I should say something.

But then she added to her bigotry by telling us that “There is only one thing worse than having a “N word” living next door to you and that is having a Jew.”  A very loud silence followed her words.  I looked down at my plate but could see my friend’s mother gesturing toward her mother.  I was crushed.  I did not know what to say or do.  So, I did nothing.  Stilted small talk ensued and I went home shortly thereafter. 

To this day, exactly seventy-five years later (I am typing this on Christmas day 2024), I am shocked at what my friend’s grandmother said and ashamed that I did not respond to her.  Just sat there silent and then left.  I never told my parents.  And the events of that day still haunt me, as you can see by the fact that I am still writing about them.  Thanks to my friend’s grandmother, I was confronted with a troubling new question, the question of evil, that I have been trying to answer ever since.  It is a question that eventually confronts and confounds most young people.  

Personal evil, social evil, natural evil, metaphysical evil – evil comes in many forms.  You can’t avoid it.  Dealing with evil is something young people are forced to learn about, and it is something they learn about from many sources.  Their parents, friends, school, stories they read, games they play, movies they see.  Some things they learn from these various sources are healthy and helpful, others destructive and harmful.  And that is itself one of the evils of the world.

It is important that young people know about and be able to choose productive ways of dealing with evil.  Literature plays an important part in teaching them ways of responding to evil, sometimes for better and sometimes for worse.  This essay deals with ways in which evil and responding to evil are portrayed in three popular series of books about wizards and wizardry: J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Lord of the Rings, J.K. Rowling’s Harry Potter series, and Ursula LeGuin’s Earthsea trilogy.[1]

The books present three different models of dealing with evil.  To make a long story short, evil is addressed primarily through war in The Lord of the Rings, containment in the Harry Potter books, and reconstruction in the Earthsea trilogy.  The differences are significant as are the messages conveyed to readers.  How this is so is the subject of this essay.

Something wicked this way comes.  Living with witches and wizards.

The world can be a baffling place.  And scary.  Especially to young people who are just trying to figure things out.  And for whom those in control can seem like wizards doing magical things.   Inexplicable and bewildering things.  It is no surprise, then, that stories, movies and games that feature wizards and magical creatures, superpowers and superheroes, are very popular among young people.  The stories resonate with their hopes, fears and ambitions. 

Tolkien’s Lord of the Rings, Rowling’s Harry Potter books and LeGuin’s Earthsea trilogy are three popular series of stories that feature wizards and wizardry.  Aimed primarily at young readers, each of these series deals with wizards and wizardry gone wrong, and with the heroic efforts of young people to make things come out right.    

The books share many similarities that help explain their popularity.  They are essentially bildungsroman featuring young people, or child-like hobbits, as heroes who mature and develop extraordinary powers through facing up to evil.  The books are action-packed, with the good guys struggling with their ignorance and immaturity but ultimately beating the bad guys. 

In each of the books, it is ego and lust for power that underpins the evil and that makes good people do evil.  Power corrupts and the hero of each story eschews power, Frodo the ring, Harry the philosopher’s stone and elder wand, Ged the power of the dark side. And each of the heroes learns that he needs the help of others, and gets that help.

Each of the heroes has a teacher who emphasizes caring for people and things as the key to a good life.  Gandalf correctly predicts that Frodo’s pity for the piteous Gollum would be critical for the success of Frodo’s task.  Dumbledore repeatedly preaches that love is the greatest magic.  And Ged’s teachers stress the importance of caring for people and the balance of the universe.  Each of the series of books lays claim to promoting a humane world view.

The heroes in all three are immigrants dealing with prejudice against outsiders.  Frodo an immigrant to the big peoples’ world from Hobbit land.  Harry an immigrant to the magic world from muggle land.  And Ged an immigrant to wizard world from an outland area.  Overcoming and undermining prejudice is a theme of all three of the series.

And, underlying the storm and stress of their plots, the books are moral and political treatises on good and evil, providing examples of what to do and not to do in dealing with wrongdoers.  It is in this that they differ.  The ways in which authors set up their fictional worlds and the ways in their heroes define and face evil invariably reflect the authors’ political orientations.  Tolkien was politically conservative and ardently Christian.  Rowling is politically liberal and ardently feminist.  LeGuin was politically radical and ardently anarchist. 

While none of their books is overtly political, they significantly diverge in how they portray the bad guys, the good guys, the problems faced by the good guys, and the ways they deal with wrongdoers.  War, a more conservative solution to the problem of evil, is the main way in The Lord of the Rings. Containment, a liberal response, is the main way in the Harry Potter books.  Reconstruction, a more radical reaction, is the main way in the Earthsea books.  Politics underlie the moral of each story.  

In sum, the books provide readers with different models of dealing with evil and, in turn, teach young people different ways of facing the world.  Whether you think their influence is for the better or for the worse depends on what you think of what they teach their readers. 

Evil in Three Worlds: Infested, Infected, Self-Inflicted.

The Lord of the Rings, the Harry Potter books, and the Earthsea trilogy are dense books, filled with many different kinds of characters, many of them other than human, and with many different approaches to good and evil.  Although each contains a variety of approaches to defining and dealing with evil, each emphasizes one way over the others which becomes the main message readers are likely to take from the books.

In The Lord of the Rings, evil is embedded in the world and the world is infested with orcs.  Orcs are ugly, vicious, cannibalistic, humanoid creatures with human intelligence but inhuman proclivities.  They serve their master Sauron, a supremely wicked wizard who seeks to wreck the world and enslave everyone in it.  Faced with such opponents, the good guys in the books – hobbits, humans, elves, dwarves, and ents – seem to have no choice but to fight, defeat, and exterminate their foes.  It is a world of war to the bitter end. 

Death to the wicked wizard Sauron and genocide of the orcs is the goal of the heroes.  The orcs are completely dehumanized in the books.  Although they have human-like intelligence and even feelings, the orcs are portrayed as vermin by the narrator and treated like vermin by the books’ heroes.  Two of them, Gimli the dwarf and Legolas the elf, even engage in a contest to see who can kill the most orcs.  Exterminating bad guys is the main method of dealing with evil in The Lord of the Rings

In the Harry Potter books, the world is infected with evil from a wicked wizard, Voldemort, whose contagion dangerously spreads.  Harry and the good wizards and witches must deal with Voldemort and his wicked wizardly colleagues, so-called Death Eaters, whom Voldemort controls through corrupt inducements, death threats, and imperius curses, a kind of hypnotism.  Voldemort’s goal is personal immortality and dictatorial control of the world.  Voldemort and his closest supporters relish torturing and killing muggles, their name for non-magical humans, and they murder wizards who oppose them. 

Faced with such opponents the good wizards fight back, albeit mostly with non-violent means.  They try to limit the general knowledge of evil curses, teach humility and self-control to young wizards, and incarcerate Death Eaters.  The Ministry of Magic, the wizards’ government, and Hogwarts, the wizarding school, have as their main goals limiting the unnecessary use of magic and keeping secret the existence of the magical community.  It is a serious crime to use magic in the presence of muggles.  And an underlying theme in all of the courses in magic at Hogwarts is the need to control the use of magic.  The goal of the magical community is seemingly, thus, to quarantine evil wizards in the wizards’ prison and contain evil wizardry through education. 

In the course of the books, it becomes clear that the most powerful antidote to evil wizardry is love and self-sacrifice for others.  Harry’s mother dies to try to save him from Voldemort and effectively makes Harry immune to Voldemort’s killing curse.  Harry later is willing to die to save his colleagues from Voldemort, and his willingness to die for them makes them immune to Voldemort’s killing curses. 

In the end, Voldemort is killed when one of his own killing curses rebounds away from Harry and hits him.  With Voldemort’s death, all of the holds that he had over people are ended and the world seemingly goes back to normal, albeit a normality that requires eternal vigilance to ensure that magic does not get misused.  Containing evil is a long-term, full-time business.

In the Earthsea books, wizards and wizardry are a normal part of everyday life, as they were in Lord of the Rings, only even more so.  There are commonplace witches and wizards who can perform mundane medical spells, mending spells and other low-level magic in their peasant villages.  There are also great mages who can control the weather and even deal with the dead.  The main purpose of the great mages is to help keep a proper balance of all things in the world, but to intervene only when it is absolutely necessary.   

Ged, the hero of the books, is an ambitious young wizard with great natural, or supernatural, abilities who comes from an undistinguished background.  He is anxious to overcome his lowly antecedents and become highly regarded.  His pride leads him to perform an overly difficult and dangerous spell and he unwittingly unleashes into the living world an evil spirit from the world of the dead.  Ged goes on a desperate and dangerous voyage tracking down the spirit and returning it to the realm of the dead.  And in the end, it turns out to be a reflection of himself.  It is Ged’s evil self that he must put back into its proper place to restore balance to the world.    

Thereafter, Ged rises in the wizarding community to be the head mage and be considered the greatest wizard of his time.  But there is another evil spirit extant in the world that is draining the magical powers of the good wizards.  Ged leaves home again in a desperate search for the source of this disaster.  He finds that it is a wizard whom he had previously defeated and defanged, but who had studied the dark magical arts and come back incredibly powerful.  After much trial and tribulation, Ged defeats this wizard but it takes all of his magical powers and he is left as a shell of his former self.  In the end, he retires to a quiet nonmagical life in a little village.    

The Lord of the Rings, the Harry Potter books and the Earthsea books portray the problem of evil and the solution in different ways.  In The Lord of the Rings, the wrongdoers are portrayed as evil incarnate and the main way in which that evil is thwarted is through a direct attack against the enemy. After the first book in the series, almost all of the action involves fighting and killing.

In the Harry Potter books, the wrongdoers are evil but also foolish.  Voldemort never understands the power and importance of love and this is a key to his downfall.  Each of the books also involves some sort of mystery and trickery that has to be uncovered, solved, and resolved.  The main way in which evil is thwarted in these books is through quarantining it – for example, putting the Death Eaters in prison – and overwhelming it with a wealth of good sense and humane caring.  Containing evil and educating for good are the main purposes, respectively, of the Ministry of Magic and the Hogwarts School. 

In the Earthsea books, unleashing the evil spirit in the first book of the series is a consequence of the overweening pride of the main character Ged.  Pride is also a main problem with other characters that runs through the books.  The primary way that evil is thwarted is through self-reflection and reconstruction, putting your own evil genie back into the bottle and taking the other’s evil with you. Destructive pride and constructive humility are the main themes. 

Attacking, quarantining, reconstructing are the three models of dealing with evil portrayed in the books.  These methods reflect, in turn, the modes in which their stories are told.

Modes of Storytelling: Melodrama, Comedy, Tragedy.

Authors create worlds and then, if the authors are meticulous, the events in their stories occur within the frameworks and the possibilities of those worlds.  And we readers follow along.  We get pulled into an author’s world and accept the events of the story and the choices and actions of the characters as logical within that world.  A violent world generates violent choices.  A chaotic world generates foolish choices.  A fallen world, a world noir, generates dark choices.   The setup of the world is, thereby, a key to the movement and message of a story.

The “In the beginning,” the backstory of a narrative, largely determines where it will go.  The backstory, in turn, generally reflects the dramatic form of the book.  Stories can take various shapes and forms.  Three of the most common forms are melodrama, comedy and tragedy.  Each of these dramatic forms conveys a different message as to how to deal with evil wrongdoers.[2]  And we can see this in The Lord of the Rings, the Harry Potter books and the Earthsea trilogy.

Melodrama can be defined as a story of battle between good people and evil people, with the forces of good confronting and attempting to eradicate the forces of evil.  Antipathy is generally a motivating force.  Melodrama is a narrative form that deals in extremes of emotion and action, and is based on an absolutist view of morality[3]  In a melodrama, the problem in the story is created by the evil actions of evil people.  These are people who cannot be trusted and have to be eliminated.  Since there can be no compromise with evil or evil people, melodrama portrays a world in which problems almost always must be settled by war or conflict of some sort.[4]

Melodrama is the predominant story form in our society and the form in which most people seem instinctively to react to adversity.  “Who is doing this to me and how can I defeat them” is the first reaction of most people to a problem.  This melodramatic reaction has been programmed into us by evolutionary processes.  It is “an aggression drive inherited [by man] from his anthropoid ancestors.”[5]  It leaves us “hardwired to distinguish between ‘us’ and ‘them,’ and to behave inhumanely toward ‘them’ at the slightest provocation.”[6]  

Melodrama is essentially the story form of the “fright, then fight or flight” reaction of our piglet-like precursors who had to make their way in a world of giant carnivores.  Although it was a successful survival strategy for helpless mini-mammals, a kneejerk reaction of “victory or death” can lead to unnecessary violence and disastrous wars when dealing with the complex problems of the complicated world of modern humans.[7]

Comedy can be defined as a story of wisdom versus folly, wise people versus foolish people.[8]  In comedy, the problem is created by “the intervention of fools,” that is, by someone acting badly out of stupidity or ignorance.[9]  It is a narrative form that promotes education as the solution to problems, as the wise try to teach the fools or at least restrain them from foolishness.[10]  Sympathy is an underlying motivation in comedy.  When we think people are acting foolishly, our reactions are typically either to correct them or to constrain them so that they can do no further harm.      

Comedy reflects a hierarchical world in which knowledgeable people are expected to control stupid and ignorant people, educating them in proper behavior and belief when that is possible, and tricking, controlling or excluding them when that is not.  Comedy involves conflicts and struggles but the action generally stays peaceful or is, at least, not fatal.  If, however, a fool refuses instruction and rejects containment, comedy can descend into violent struggle and metamorphose into melodrama.  A comedy may have a happy or unhappy ending depending on whether the fools learn their lesson. 

Tragedy can be defined as a story of too much of a good thing becoming bad.  Tragedy, in this definition, describes characters who pursue a too narrowly prescribed good too far until it turns on itself, becomes bad and precipitates a potential disaster.  The characters’ “tragic flaw” is pride in insisting on their own narrow perspectives and failing to see things in a broader context, for example failing to recognize that one person’s good may be someone else’s bad and that an individual’s good ultimately depends on the good of all.[11]

Tragedy is a story of hubris versus humility, the failure of the tragic characters “to recognize their personal limits,” and to reconcile contradictions within themselves, within their society and between themselves and their society.[12]  Tragedy deals with the good intentions that can pave the way to hell.[13]  The moral of the story is usually to seek negotiation and inclusion as the way to avoid the conflict and calamity that befall tragic figures.  Empathy is an underlying theme in tragedy, and the goal is for the tragic hero and the audience to recognize the narrowness of the hero’s perspective.  This recognition could enable a reconstruction of the situation so that all could peacefully co-exist.[14]

The Moral of Choosing a Mode of Storytelling: Melodrama, Comedy or Tragedy.

Different modes of storytelling convey different moral messages, and the differences between melodrama, comedy and tragedy are significant.  If people see the world primarily in melodramatic terms, they will tend to see social problems as the result of the evil actions of evil people, to see enemies all around, and to see war or coercion of some sort as the solution. 

If people see the world in comic terms, they will tend to see social problems as the result of foolish people and see education and/or containment as the solution.  If people see the world in tragic terms, they will tend to see social problems as the result of competing goods and competing good intentions, and to see negotiation as the solution.  In sum, the dramatic form in which people tell a story will largely determine their moral reactions and their corrective actions.

In deciding which dramatic form to use in dealing with a social problem and telling the story of that problem, my preference is to choose the tragic form whenever and to the greatest extent possible because it is the most peaceful approach and the one in which ordinary people can most actively engage.  The tragic mode asks you to put yourself in the shoes of other people, broaden your perspective to include theirs and negotiate a compromise solution to your differences.  That is my first choice.   

To the extent the facts of my situation or story do not fit into a tragic mold, my preference is to choose the comic form as a potentially peaceful way of resolving a problem.  In comedy, you see your side as wise and the other as foolish, and you set your side up to instruct the fools, contain them or constrain their foolishness.  This strategy can lead to conflict if the other side does not see itself as foolish, and resents and resists your efforts.  Properly done, however, the comic mode has the potential for a peaceful and mutually satisfactory resolution of differences.

Finally, to the extent the facts do not fit either the tragic or comic modes, I reluctantly approach a situation in melodramatic terms.  Melodrama is for me the form of last resort because it portrays a world in which differences can be settled only by fighting.  The more you tell stories using the melodramatic mode, the more you are telling your audience that conflicts can only be resolved through war.

Tragedy first, comedy as a fallback, melodrama as a last resort.  That is the way that I think we should approach telling our stories.  Unfortunately, most storytellers in our present-day society take an opposite approach.  Hence, for example, the overwhelming volume of literature, movies and video games that feature fighting, murder, and war, and that thereby promote a melodramatic view of the world.  The melodramatic reaction is programmed into us and is, thus, a very human reaction.  But it is most often not a helpful reaction.  It is important, therefore, to try to get past that kneejerk reaction.  Thinking more slowly and deliberately is usually a better way to go.   

Facing a Morally Challenging Situation: Third Time is a Charm.

We humans are a story-telling species and we are quick to turn even the slightest information into a narrative with a moral to the story.  Feelings of approval and disapproval run through almost all of our thinking.  Feelings of neutrality are pretty much possible only for things about which we don’t care.  The stream of consciousness that churns through our minds can be characterized as a stream of judgments as we gather information and construct stories that explain to us what we are experiencing. 

And we tend to be quick thinkers and quick to conclusions.  This was an advantage to our puny primate ancestors who were trying to survive in a world full of predators that wanted to eat them and of prey that they wanted to eat.  Quick reactions could be the difference between eating and being eaten.  Fright and then either fight or flight was, in particular, a saving reaction for our ancestors and a main reason we exist today.

But that was then and this is now.  After millions of years of development as primitive primates, humans as we know ourselves emerged around three hundred thousand years ago.  And we emerged with the reflex reactions of our predecessors still hard-wired in us.  That is not a good thing when we are faced with situations and problems more complex than those faced by our ancestors.  Confronted with a new situation, our first reaction is almost invariably a gut reaction of disapproval or approval.  “Yuck” or “Yay.”  But first reactions are almost invariably overreactions.  Whether it be love or hate at first sight, it is likely to be a one-sided misperception which, if acted upon, could lead to misadventure.  Second looks are almost always necessary and proper.[15]

If we resist acting on that first impulse and delve into the particulars of the situation, we will often revise our reaction, going from “Yuck” to “Yay” or “Yay” to “Yuck.”  On this second look, we are likely to begin to understand the rationale behind the problem and sympathize with the participants.  But that is also likely to be an underreaction so that a third look at the situation is generally in order. 

And when we delve into the reasons for our contradictory impulses, we will often come up with a mixed conclusion, partially “Yuck” and partially “Yay.”   If we are lazy, this mixed conclusion could be just a wishy-washy compromise.  But if we are intellectually rigorous, it could be a dialectical conclusion that points to a workable solution to our problem. 

This three-step method is akin to a maxim known to teachers that it takes at least three iterations of a lesson before it will register with most students.  If something is important for students to understand and remember, it should be covered at least three times, albeit in three different ways, coming at it from different angles so as to deal with different aspects of the problem and maintain students’ interest.  

The method will also lead students through their “Yuck” and “Yay” reactions to a problem, and help them to achieve a balanced view of the subject.  In this respect, the method is a way of working your way from a melodramatic kneejerk overreaction through a comic underreaction before settling on what could be considered a realistic tragic response to a problem.  It can also be a way of moving from antipathy though sympathy to empathy, the last being the most humane approach to almost anything.

Modes and Morals of Storytelling in Practice: Illegal Immigrants.

How you deal with a situation depends in large part on how you see its backstory.  You ask how did the situation arise, and how and why did it become a problem?   Likewise, the way you deal with a group of people depends on how you see their backstory.  Who are these people. and how and why did they become a problem?  

Take, for example, the present-day problem of undocumented immigrants coming to the United States from Central America.  A large number of Central Americans are leaving their homelands in search of work and a better life in the United States.  The number is so large that it has overwhelmed the immigration authorities.  It is a genuine problem.  But how you define the problem and envision a solution depends on how you see the immigrants.  And how you see the immigrants depends in large part on what you see as their backstory.  

To many Americans, the immigrants are an invading horde of rapists, killers, thieves and ne’re-do-wells?  To listen to Donald Trump and his MAGA supporters, you would think the immigrants are a sinister mob of orcs straight out of the The Lord of the Rings.  The situation is, in their minds, a melodrama and the immigrants pose a clear and present danger to decent people.  Trump has repeatedly called it “an invasion,” thereby invoking a war metaphor.  He proposes to deport all of the illegal immigrants, some eleven million or more, and send the military to the border to stop more from coming.  It is a war at all costs.  A war to the end.

To other, more pragmatic Americans, the immigrants are seen as poor people who are responding to the demand in the United States for farm workers, construction hands, care-givers and other low-wage workers.  Almost all of the immigrants – legal and illegal – find ready employment, and become hardworking, taxpaying inhabitants of the country.  They commit crimes at a lower rate than American citizens.  Sympathy, rather than antipathy, would seem an appropriate response in the best interests of all.  The immigrants are a necessity for our economy and it would seem foolish to reject them.  A wiser solution, and a resolution to what could be characterized as a dark comedy (not in the “Ha, ha” sense but as dealing with anti-immigrant foolishness), would be to develop better procedures for welcoming them.    

To other still more farsighted Americans, the underlying problem is that people are being pushed from their home countries by a lack of employment opportunities.  They want work and are a potential asset to either the United States or their country of origin if only there are jobs for them.  There is plenty of work that needs to be done in their homelands.  It is largely a matter of financing the work.   If people have work there, they won’t need to come here.

The problem, in this view, has arisen from the fact that American companies, backed by the American government, have been exploiting Central American countries and their workers for many decades.  This exploitation has produced big profits for the companies, which makes their shareholders happy, and cheap goods for consumers, which makes them happy.  Most Americans have never given the situation a second thought and have assumed that it could go on forever without any consequences.  The immigration problem, however, is one of the consequences. 

The best resolution to the situation, in this view, would seemingly be for Americans to take responsibility for the problem, and undertake responsibility for developing industry and creating decent jobs in Central America.  The only long-term way to solve the immigrant problem is to solve the immigrants’ problem, and that means building up their home countries so they won’t feel the need to come to the United States.

These are just three of the ways in which the immigrant problem can be seen as melodrama, comedy and tragedy.  The point is that the way you envision a solution to the immigration problem is largely a function of the way in which you envision the situation and the immigrants.  The mode in which you tell the story of the problem is a key to your proposed solution.  As we can see in The Lord of the Rings, the Harry Potter books,and the Earthsea trilogy.

The Moral of the Stories: Frodo, Harry Potter, Ged.  

Each of the three series of books –The Lord of the Rings, the Harry Potter books,and the Earthsea trilogy– incorporates various approaches to dealing with evil.  Each series includes elements of melodrama, comedy and tragedy, and attitudes of antipathy, sympathy and empathy.  Each describes heroes reacting sometimes reflexively, sometimes reflectively and sometimes dialectically, and each depicts problems being resolved through a mix of war, containment and reconstruction.  But each of the authors also puts greater emphasis on some approaches over others.  And, as a result, the moral of their stories is different.

The Lord of the Rings is essentially a melodrama about war and the impossibility of staying aloof from the conflict.  The setup and the characterizations make war look like the only solution to the problems in the story.  The story opens with a lovely and loving picture of the idyllic life of hobbits in their out-of-the-way shire.  Hobbits are a peaceful species of diminutive humanoids who live withdrawn from the larger world of big people and who are largely unknown outside their land.  Hobbits have almost no government or police force and no army.  They are a sedentary folk, and their community is essentially anarchistic and almost utopian.   

Hobbits want nothing more than to be left alone to eat, smoke and generally vegetate.  They are, nonetheless, despite themselves, drawn into a world war of good guys – including humans, elves, dwarves, and ents – against the evil wizard Sauron and his dominion of evil orcs, ghouls, trolls, wolves and other beastly creatures.  Hobbits are the least and least likely creatures to be involved in a world war. The message of the story is that nobody is immune or safe from the reach of evil.  You must join the fight or die. 

Hobbits are seemingly the least likely creatures to be the key to success in a war against Sauron.  But Frodo, the hobbit hero of the story, has come into possession of the ultimate ring of power.  It is a ring that would make Sauron all but unbeatable if he got it, but it would lead to his demise if it were destroyed.  Frodo, who is not a warrior, is, nonetheless, fated to be the one who must destroy the ring in a fiery pit in Sauron’s own back yard before Sauron can get it.

Most of other characters in The Lord of the Rings serve as side stories for readers and diversions for Sauron to keep him from focusing on Frodo in his journey to destroy the ring.  And most of the action of these other characters consists of fighting, one giant battle and slaughter of orcs after another.  But Frodo is the main actor as he suffers one cruel hardship after another en route to the fiery pit.  In end, the ring is destroyed and that results in the destruction of Sauron and his hosts of minions.

The Lord of the Rings is a melodrama in which kneejerk “yuck” reactions are portrayed as the right response to evil.  Intuition and sixth-sense sensitivity play a big role in the drama.  The good guys can sense the presence of bad guys.  There are magical crystal balls with which wizards can read each other’s thoughts.  And Sauron has a gigantic eye which enables him to see far and wide and into people’s minds.  The drama is largely a battle of intuitionists and intuitions.

Tolkien was politically and religiously conservative.  The idea of evil being all around and needing to battle it head on would fit with his ideological background.  Then, too, he was writing the books during World War II when evil was literally all around.  Sauron is a Hitler figure.  Orcs are like Nazi black shirts.  Other than Nazis and Nazi sympathizers, no one nowhere felt safe from World War II.  Everyone everywhere felt threatened by the war.   And complete victory in that war seemed the only answer to Nazism.  It is understandable that Tolkien would set his story in such a situation.  But what about its continuing effect on young people today?

Tellingly, after Sauron is defeated and the hobbits return to their shire, Frodo’s comrades go armed and in military attire to throw out bad guys who had taken over and were wrecking the place.  After brief battles, they succeed in routing the usurpers, but the impression is left that things will never again be as peaceful as before.  Even after Sauron’s fall, fighting was necessary to beat off new miscreants.  Evil had touched the whole world and would linger thereafter.

The Harry Potter books are essentially comic in their setup and action.  There is plenty of evil, but it is foolishness that sets it loose and that provides the problems which Harry and his comrades must solve.  Harry is, for example, mistaken in thinking until the end of the series that Professor Snape is on the side of evil, albeit he surely is nasty.  In each of the books, Harry has kneejerk reactions that turn out to be foolish.  That Snape wants to kill him and is trying to get the sorcerer’s stone.  That Tom Riddle will help him deal with the basilisk in the Chamber of Secrets.  That Voldemort was holding Sirius hostage in the Department of Mysteries.  Second thoughts are necessary to remedy the problems created by kneejerk first reactions.

A major piece of foolishness on the part of Dumbledore, who is otherwise almost omniscient and omnicompetent, underlies the backstory for the whole series.  He has known all along that Voldemort is Tom Riddle but seemingly tells no one, so that it is not until later in the books that most others learn this fact.  Things could have gone very differently if everyone had known this.  That piece of foolishness is compounded by Dumbledore’s trying on a cursed ring that he has found.  The effect of the curse is the operative cause of his death, which is almost a fatal blow to the anti-Voldemort movement.  Foolishness abounds and surrounds us in these books.

The books are also comedic in the sympathy which we are expected to have even for some of Voldemort’s supporters.  Those, like Stan Shunpike, who have been subject to an Imperius Curse, cannot be blamed for their actions.  Even Voldemort elicits some sympathy from Dumbledore, Harry and the reader for the way in which Tom Riddle was abandoned and stigmatized as a child.  As a descendent of Slytherin, Tom may have had some genetic predisposition toward evil, but not every one of Slytherin’s descendants became demonic as Tom did, so the predisposition could seemingly be contained, controlled and perhaps even overcome with good.  Tom Riddle need not have become Voldemort.  Which can be seen as the comedic moral of the story.

The Earthsea trilogy is essentially tragic at its core, a series of examples of pride going before a all.  Ged and the other good characters exemplify empathy for each other and for different peoples and species.  Ged even comes to understand dragons who are generally unfathomable and unintelligible to humans.  The goal espoused by the books is to foster connections among creatures and cooperation where possible, or at least peaceful coexistence.  This can be achieved through a concern for maintaining balance in the universe.  Balance requires humility toward things that can be shattered by egoism and pride.  A lesson that Ged learns the hard way. 

When Ged first realizes his powers as a wizard, he chafes at the restrictions that his mentors place on him.  He reasons that if he is a wizard, he should be able and allowed to do whatever he wants.  That whatever mistakes he might make, he could remedy.  But he is fatally wrong.  His pride leads him to perform actions that unleash evil from the land of the dead and his mentor loses his own life in defeating the shadow and restoring the balance of things.    

In the Earthsea trilogy, evil is the absence of good and not a feature of the universe, as it is in The Lord of the Rings.  If evil is a substantive thing, then almost inevitably you will have to attack it as was done in The Lord of the Rings.  And those who do bad things can become stereotyped as bad people and dehumanized, as they are in The Lord of the Rings.  Witness Tolkien’s orcs for example.  Diversity in Tolkien’s universe becomes questionable as many of the dangerous are different and, so, difference can come to seem dangerous.

But if evil is not substantive and is the absence of good, evil can be dealt with by overwhelming the bad with good.  And people who do bad things can be seen as having within themselves the potential for good.  We can be seen as all one people despite our differences and even because of our differences.  And we can achieve diversity that consists of differences among people who share a basic common humanity.  We can, thereby, promote tolerance for the tolerant along with intolerance for the intolerant.  Which is a key theme of the Earthsea books.

The Moral of this Essay: Give Peace a Chance.

In the present-day era of instant communication from all over the world, almost anything that happens anywhere can be immediately known almost everywhere.  And in an era of mass media sensationalism, in which bad news is almost the only news that gets broadcast, it can easily come to feel as though bad guys are doing bad things everywhere and all the time, as though we are surrounded by evil.  In that context, melodrama can seem the appropriate response to problems in the world.  Trust no one.  Shoot first and ask questions later.  Get them before they get us.  Especially in response to a terrorist attack. 

But the fact of the matter is that for every terrorist who does horrible things, there are tens of millions of people doing good things.  That is why I think that it is better whenever possible to get past the kneejerk fight-or-flight reaction to a problem, take a deep breath, and then give the problem a second and third thought.  Approach the situation first as tragedy, then as comedy if tragedy won’t work, and finally melodrama only as a last resort.  And our literature for young people should reflect that approach.  Evil is inevitable.  But modeling peaceful ways of dealing with evil can help teach young people not to overreact to problems and not to escalate into major conflicts problems that could be peacefully resolved.

As to the lessons that I learned from the Christmas dinner at my friend’s house, I came to the paradoxical conclusion that my best defense against bigotry was to lead with my chin.  It is essentially a comic strategy.  Not “Ha, ha” comedy, but an attempt to treat bigotry as foolishness rather than wickedness.  To try to make sure that people know who and what I am before they get a chance to insult me, so maybe they won’t.  I try to make sure, for example, that, depending on the situation, people know that I am Jewish, liberal, a fan of Dickens, a teetotaler, an old-time Brooklyn Dodger fan, and whatever else might be relevant.  

The premise of this policy is an assumption that people can be decent even if they are bigoted.  That most people won’t deliberately insult someone even if they are prejudiced against them.  It is a practice of preemptive openness and deliberate naivety.  I assume that people are decent unless and until they show me otherwise.  I am aware that most people are likely to be prejudiced against many of the things that I represent.  So, the idea is to give their good hearts a chance to preempt any bigoted comments they might be tempted to make if they did not know that I might be offended. 

In this case, I believe that my friend’s grandmother was generally a kind-hearted person.  I think if she had known beforehand that I was Jewish, she wouldn’t have said what she did.  Maybe if I had early on mentioned my friend’s having attended our Hannukah celebration, a hurtful and embarrassing situation could have been avoided.  And a step toward accepting diversity and peaceful coexistence might have been taken. 

That is probably too much to expect of a five-year-old.  It is, however, a strategy of preemptive disclosure and assumptive good will that I remember reading about in a story for young people sometime later.  I can’t remember much of the story but I remember the lesson.  It is an example of the way in which stories can influence a reader beyond the person’s memories, and it is a reason why it is important to understand the messages that stories convey to readers.  Despite not remembering much of whence it came to me, the strategy of leading with my chin is one that I have found useful and have tried to practice ever since.

                                                                                                                                    BW  1/25


[1] J.R.R. Tolkien. The Lord of the Rings. Houghton Mifflin, Boston. 1954-1955.

  J.K. Rowling. Harry Potter series. Scholastic, Inc., New York:  1997-2997.  

  Ursula LeGuin. Earthsea trilogy. Parnassus Press, Berkeley, CA. 1968.  Atheneum Books, NY. 1971-1972.

[2] Paul Goodman. The Structure of Literature. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1954.

[3] Goodman. 1954, Pp.127-149.

[4] Kenneth Burke. Attitudes Toward History. Boston: Beacon Press, 1961, P.34.

[5] Konrad Lorenz.  On Aggression. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World. 1966, P.49.

[6] David Sloane Wilson. Evolution of Everyone. New York: Delacorte Press. 2007, Pp. 285

[7] Jared Diamond. The Third Chimpanzee: The Evolution and Future of the Human Animal.  New York:

   Harper Perennial. 1993. Pp.220-221, 276-310; also Wilson 2007, Pp,51-57

[8] Aristotle. Aristotle’s Poetics. Hill and Wang. NY. 1961, P.59.

[9] Burke. 1961, 41.

[10] Goodman 1954, 82-100.

[11]  Goodman 1954, Pp. 35, 172.

[12]  Burke 1961, P.37.

[13]  Aristotle 1961, Pp.61, 81-83. Burke, 1961, P.39.

[14]  Aristotle 1961, Pp.84-86

[15] Daniel Kahneman. Thinking Fast and Slow. Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2011.

Secrets and Lies/Guilt and Guilt-Tripping. Moral Ambiguities in the Harry Potter Books. Voldemort, Dumbledore, Snape, Hagrid, and Harry. Yearning to be able to live with oneself.

Secrets and Lies/Guilt and Guilt-Tripping.

Moral Ambiguities in the Harry Potter Books.

Voldemort, Dumbledore, Snape, Hagrid, and Harry.

Yearning to be able to live with oneself.

Burton Weltman

“I knew my brother, Potter…Secrets and lies,

 that’s how we grew up, and Albus…he was a natural.”

  Aberforth on his brother Albus Dumbledore.

What do you call a man who takes an infant boy and raises him for sixteen years so that the boy can be slaughtered as a sacrificial lamb for what the man considers to be the greater good?  A madman? A monster?  Professor Albus Dumbledore, Headmaster of Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry?

Leaving a Baby on a Doorstep: Guilt and Guilt-tripping in the world of Harry Potter.

As the first of the seven Harry Potter books opens, Professor Albus Dumbledore, the headmaster of the Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry, leaves baby Harry and a note on the doorstep of the home of Harry’s aunt Petunia and uncle Vernon Dursley.  The note contains the news that Harry’s parents, who are a wizard and witch, have been killed and that Petunia’s sister Lily had died trying to protect Harry.  The note leaves Harry to the protection of his aunt.

Petunia hates with a passion the magical world that her sister Lily had come to inhabit.  She had excised Llly from her life as a result and has regularly pretended that she knows and cares nothing about her sister and her sister’s life.  We come in the course of the books to see that Petunia knows and cares a lot more about the magical world than she lets on to those around her.  And we find out in a later book that Petunia’s animosity stems largely from the fact that she had been rejected as being a muggle – a non-magical person – when she had tried to get into Hogwarts.  Envy of her sister and resentment against Hogwarts seemingly fuels her subsequent hostility toward Harry, whom she grudgingly accepts in her household but treats very badly.

Nonetheless, although Petunia routinely mistreats Harry and begrudges him the clothes on his back, she doesn’t send him off to an orphanage as her husband’s aunt recommends.  She seems to feel enough guilt about having rejected her sister, and would feel shame if she rejected Harry, that she takes Harry in and takes some care of him as he grows up.  Seemingly, she could not live with herself if she abandoned her nephew as she had previously rejected her sister. 

A strategic coup on Dumbledore’s part in leaving Harry on Petunia’s doorstep.  He has successfully taken advantage of her shame and taken her on a guilt-trip that ensures Harry will have a safe place to pass his early childhood.  But at what moral price?    

Dumbledore is widely regarded as a white knight in the books.  But here at the start of the tale, we see him emotionally blackmailing Petunia.  And we see him placing Harry in a home where Harry is regularly mistreated for ten years with seemingly little intervention by the headmaster.  And, as we later find out, Dumbledore is the headmaster of a school that is run with slave labor. 

What does the author expect us to make of this?  What do we make of it?   Dumbledore is a hero to readers of the Potter books.  And he remains a hero to Harry despite placing Harry where he is mistreated by the Dursleys and despite grooming Harry to be murdered by Voldemort.  What kind of hero is this?   An imperfect one, as he himself insists.  And that’s the point.

I think we are supposed to see Dumbledore as a morally ambiguous hero, which is how he sees himself.  It is the reason he has repeatedly refused the position of Minister of Magic.  Universally regarded as the most powerfully magical wizard of his time, Dumbledore admits that he is afraid of what he might do with so much governmental power.  He might be able to do good with that power, but he also might be tempted to do evil in pursuit of what he thought was good.  It is a morally ambiguous situation.  Moral ambiguity is almost everywhere in the Potter books, and I think we are expected to see the necessity of dealing with it as a central message of the books.

Overview and Underview: Looking for meaning and effect.

I love the Harry Potter books.  I have read each of them several times (They are addictive).  I have listened several times to the recorded reading of the books by Jim Dale (He does a really great job).  And I have watched the movies several times (Good productions albeit weak translation of the books into scripts).  The books connect wonderfully with young readers and are also appealing to adults.  A magical combination.  But still open to questioning.

Like many novels, the Potter books operate on a surface level of meaning but also have deeper meanings and effects on readers that are often overlooked.  In the case of the Potter books, these meanings point up a darker side of the main characters and the wizarding world.  Opening with the emotional blackmail of Petunia Dursley, thereafter the books are powered largely by guilt, shame, and guilt-trips, with the actions of the main characters largely motivated thereby.  Voldemort, Dumbledore, Snape, Hagrid, Harry – each is motivated in large part by shame and guilt, which makes for a morally ambiguous motivation.  Likewise, the three institutional foci of the books – the Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry, the anti-Voldemort Order of the Phoenix, and the wizarding world itself – are in large part idealized, but each has its morally ambiguous underside. 

These ambiguities are seemingly no accident.  I think that we are expected to ponder the dark sides of these characters and their institutions.  That is the point of this essay.  The essay asks some questions and examines some aspects of the Potter books that are often overlooked but that are a big part of their messaging.  Asking questions, recognizing ambiguities, trying to live with inconsistencies.  These make up a large part of the moral of the stories.   

A World of Guilt: A Guilty World.

Moral ambiguity in the Potter books starts with the wizarding world itself.  The wizarding world is founded on a guilty secret and sustained by a packet of lies.  The secret is that there is a society of wizards and witches interspersed within the society of the muggles.  The wizarding world is in but not of the muggle world, with the result that muggles know nothing about the wizards.  And any accidental incursion of wizardry into muggle affairs is covered over by wizards with memory wiping and lies.  In turn, wizards know very little about muggles.  Wizards have deemed this separation and secrecy to be of dire importance to both wizards and muggles.  The rationale has seemingly been that if the existence of the wizarding world was widely known, it would be the ruination of both the magical and the muggle societies. 

The magical society would be ruined, wizards seem to think, because if muggles knew that there were wizards amongst them, muggles would be constantly demanding that wizards provide magical solutions to their problems.  Wizards would be overwhelmed by an impossible number of insistent demands for magical remedies.  And many of them would likely be problems that could not be magically solved anyway, much to the irritation of the muggles. 

Knowledge of wizardry would also, the wizards seem to think, ruin muggle society because muggles might conclude that work was not necessary since their magical neighbors could take care of everything with a little mumbo jumbo and the flick of a wand.  Muggle institutions, muggle morality, muggle civilization could not continue to exist under these circumstances.

Muggles also had little sense when it came to magic.  Whenever, for example, muggles suspected that there were witches around, they would raise a ruckus in their communities and go about murdering people who weren’t witches.  The fact was that any genuine witch could easily either avoid persecution with a charm to confound the persecutors or seem to accept the punishment of burning at the stake, pretending to be burned when they really couldn’t be harmed thereby.  It was a lot of hullaballoo and harm that did no one any good.  

In sum, the wizards have concluded, it was the better part of wisdom to keep their magical society a secret.  But it is a guilty secret.  Guilty because, as a result, wizards and witches live in a privileged world with benefits they don’t share with ordinary people.  They can, for example, use magic to solve their own life-and-death problems, but they cannot help their non-magical neighbors in the same situations.  Wizards and witches must stand by and watch their neighbors suffer and die from things they might be able to remedy in a minute. 

It would require a massive indifference to the suffering of others for wizards not to feel empathy for the muggles and feel guilty in turn.  To my surprise, we do not see much of this empathy and guilt among the wizards in the books, which makes, I think, for a morally ambiguous message.  What are we to think about being a privileged person?

The wizards’ situation is not unlike the privileged position of well-to-do members of first-world nations today as compared to poverty-stricken members of third-world countries.  Modern technology seems like magic to most of us in any case, first-worlder and third-worlder alike, and for well-off first-worlders to monopolize the medical and other technological wonders of our modern age seems similar to the monopoly of magic by wizards and witches in the Potter books.

The privileged position of both the wizarding community and wealthy first-worlders seems unfair and contrary to the ethical Golden Rule that we should treat others as essentially members of our own family.  It is a rule that is at the base of almost every human moral code and that otherwise underlies much of messaging in the Potter books.  In theory but not always in practice. 

Wizards and witches are expected to treat each other as equals on a one-for-all, all-for-one basis.  And they are taught at Hogwarts to be sympathetic towards muggles.  Sympathetic – feeling sorry for their problems and their inadequacy as muggles – but not empathetic.  Not as equals.  Magical people clearly feel superior to muggles and frequently make fun of the things that muggles have difficulty with that wizards and witches can do with the wave of a wand. 

In the last of the books, Ron Weasley, Harry’s best male friend, boasts to Harry that he passed a muggle driver’s test by confounding the tester, magically befuddling him so that he didn’t notice the mistakes Ron was making.  This is a potentially reckless arrogance as we know from an earlier book that Ron is a lousy driver.  It’s funny, but what is the message?  This mocking attitude toward muggles’ problems and muggles’ struggles can be seen as a way of avoiding or disposing of guilt feelings that wizards and witches might have when they think about their magical advantages and privileged existence.  Do first-world people do the same?  Do we?

By the rules of the world that Rowling has established, the elitism of magical people and the secrecy about magical people’s abilities seem to be necessary outcomes of the situation she has created.  But there is something about this situation that she seemingly wants us to think about.  Because this is not the only way to envision magic and magicians as part of an otherwise ordinary world.  It can be done without setting up an elitist hierarchy of magicians, keeping them secret, and giving them a monopoly of the benefits of magic. 

Ursula Le Guinn has, for example, done this in several of her books, most particularly in her EarthSea series.  In these books, the hero Ged is a young boy who, like Harry Potter, discovers he is a magician and goes off to a school of magic to be trained in taking advantage of the uses and avoiding the abuses of his powers. 

Ged lived in what we might categorize as a low-technology medieval society of peasants, craftspeople, merchants, noblemen, and magicians.  Magicians were thoroughly integrated into EarthSea society, and were fitted into the social hierarchy based on their skills.  Most magicians were in the class of craftspeople and were part of what we might call the middle class.  Some low-level magicians were essentially peasants, living with and behaving like peasant farmers.  A few of the best magicians acted like nobility and were treated as such. 

Unlike the wizards and witches in the Potter books, the magicians in EarthSea had a socially constructive purpose to help ordinary people and ameliorate the problems of everyday life.  They enhanced the peasants’ crop yields, encouraged rain in times of drought, aided in the defense against invaders, and helped cure diseases and heal injuries.  In Le Guin’ s world, magicians are public servants.  Magic is to help others, not yourself. 

Although magic was no secret in EarthSea, magicians were expected to keep their methods secret from ordinary people in order to prevent the misuse and abuse of magic by untrained people.  Some magicians, nonetheless, went bad and sought to use their skills to gain power or to harm people, similar to Grindelwald and Voldemort in the Potter books.  Bad magicians had to be opposed by law-abiding magicians, like those at the EarthSea magicians’ school and like Ged as he grew up.

In different ways, Rowling and Le Guinn raise similar issues about whether and how specially gifted and powerful people can get along with ordinary people and their ordinary society.  Le Guinn sets up her magicians within an ordinary society.  Rowling sets up her wizards and witches outside of ordinary society.  Rowling’s method turns the magical people into a conspiratorial elite, and turns the struggle against Voldemort into a secret war between secret cabals.  In so doing, she implicitly raises questions about whether conspiratorial elitism is a good thing.  Muggles were the chief victims of the Death Eaters’ violence.  Aside from just informing the muggle Prime Minister about the situation, could and should the wizarding community have alerted and engaged the muggle community in the struggle against Voldemort?  Might that have been fairer and more effective? 

The underside of Hogwarts: A Hidden Curriculum of Hostility. Slaves in the basement. 

One of the things that I like most about the books, and I think the same goes for most Potter fans, is Hogwarts.  On its face, Hogwarts looks like a wonderful place that every kid, and most adults, would love to attend.  But underneath, literally, it has serious problems – house-elf slaves in the basement, bitter competition between students and academic houses, an academic house, Slytherin, that has historically been the source of almost every bad wizard and is full of unscrupulous teenagers, and an educational curriculum that tends to reinforce students’ weaknesses.  In sum, although Hogwarts may superficially appear idyllic, like most real institutions it calls for a closer examination and a more complex evaluation.

Hogwarts is a school for children who have been magically identified as having magical abilities.  The goal of the school is to train children in how to do magic but also, more importantly, when and how not to do magic.  The school is designed to support the primary goal of keeping the wizarding world a secret and ensuring that wizards don’t interfere with muggle society so that muggles, in turn, will have no cause to interfere with the wizarding society.

Hogwarts is on the surface a wonderfully warm and welcoming place for young witches and wizards.  The school is full of surprises, virtually alive, and effectively a central character in the books.  The place is in many ways an adolescent’s dream.  Every meal a feast.  Every mess automatically cleaned up.  Full of friendly ghosts.  Helpful people in pictures.  Rooms appearing when you need them.  The school is a homey place in which students don’t feel like out-of-place freaks as they often do in muggle society.    

But as an educational institution, Hogwarts has many flaws and failures.  That it produced Voldemort and the Death Eaters is a prime example of its failures.  That Voldemort, then known as Tom Riddle, could have become the Head Boy of the school, the highest position for a male student, is another.  Hogwarts is a secret and secretive school in a secret and secretive society in which people often hoard knowledge for their own purposes.  And that can be problematical.

Almost no one, for example, seems to know that the arch-villain Voldemort was originally Tom Riddle.  Dumbledore knew it but he didn’t tell people.  And to the end, Dumbledore swore Harry to secrecy about what they were finding out about Voldemort’s early life.  Dumbledore may have done this for strategic reasons that he thought were in pursuance of the greater good, but it was clearly a mistake and much to everyone’s harm in the long run.

The educational problems with Hogwarts begin with the academic organization of the school. Students are divided into four academic houses based on their intellectual orientations and social inclinations.  Organizing the school this way was a compromise among the school’s four founders who had different ideas about what kind of student should get a magical education. 

Gryffindors are chosen for courage and fortitude.  Ravenclaws for acuity and wisdom.  Hufflepuffs for caring and humility.  Slytherins for cleverness and ambition.  This sort of organization into houses was common among English schools from the Middle Ages when Hogwarts was supposedly founded.  But it results in a truncated official curriculum and a hidden curriculum of hostility.  And it is not considered good educational practice among muggles today. 

The official curriculum ends up reinforcing students’ existing inclinations and largely neglecting students’ shortcomings in other areas.  Each of the four inclinations can be a good thing if they are promoted together.  Promoted separately, however, they make for a one-sided person.  It is a truism in modern-day muggle pedagogy that cultivating each student’s multiple intelligences and inclinations is the best educational practice.  Maybe the wizards at Hogwarts could and should have learned something about education from the muggles around them?

Most disturbing was putting all of the aggressive, ambitious and often unscrupulous students in one house, Slytherin House.  It essentially created a prime breeding ground for dark wizards.  We are told that every wizard that ever went bad came from Slytherin House.  That should come as no surprise.  Slytherins are by nature devious and dominating.  Putting them together reinforced these inclinations, often to the point of pathology.  The Slytherin House emblem is symbolically a serpent, as in the serpent in the Garden of Eden. 

The situation was exacerbated by the encouragement given to academic and athletic competition between the houses.  Competition both promoted hostility among students and demeaned the educational goals of the school.  The implication was that education is a zero-sum game in which the goal is to do better than others rather than do better with them.  This may be good for sports but not for academics. 

Knowledge is an inherently cooperative enterprise and difference is encouraged as a means of enhancing the project not generating hostility.  Grouping students can be most productive when the groups are seen as different but not antagonistic.  A main purpose of education is to smooth over the rough edges between groups, and to facilitate intra and inter-group cooperation.  Hogwarts gave lip service to this ideal but did not always put it into practice. 

The case is similar with regards to house-elves.  Dumbledore talks a good game about the dignity of all species, but Hogwarts is a haven of slavery and the school is cared for by enslaved house-elves.  House-elves are little humanoid creatures who live in the basement, make the feasts, make the beds, do the laundry, clean the rooms, and otherwise keep the school running.  When Harry and Hermione discover that house-elves are doing all the house work at Hogwarts and in many wizarding households as well, muggle-raised Hermione is outraged and begins to campaign for house-elf freedom.  Wizard-raised Ron, however, takes house-elf slavery for granted.  As does almost every other wizard and witch in the books.

House-elves haunt the background of life at Hogwarts and in the wizarding world.  They are supposed never to be seen or heard.  They are a secret that is sustained by a lie, i.e. the pretense that everything is somehow magically done.  A wonderful society, the wizarding world, secretly built on slavery.  A guilty secret that is never discussed.  Almost all the house-elves are portrayed as being happy with their lot and as resisting being freed.  This makes for a morally ambiguous situation, to say the least.  While slavery has essentially been abolished in the modern-day muggle world, it still thrives among the wizards in the Potter books.  As with educational practice, maybe the wizards could and should have learned something from their muggle neighbors? 

Guilt and the Order of the Phoenix: Rising from the Ashes. A Tale of Two Orphans. 

Like Hogwarts, the coalition of anti-Voldemort forces seems at first glance to be ideal, a group of good-hearted people dedicated to doing good in the world and to each other.  But underneath this surface of good will are individuals with guilt complexes, all of whom are trying to live down their individual shame and guilt through efforts that coincide with the anti-Voldemort campaign.  Animated by a mixture of motives, some idealistic, others darker, they use guilt-tripping, a form of moral blackmail, as much as good will to get each other to engage in their campaign.  Not a convocation of pristine do-gooders, they are good people, but most with bad consciences.  Idealists, but most with darker motives as well.  The warrant a closer examination and a more complex evaluation.  Like most real people.

The wizarding world of the Potter books is a guilty world full of guilty people.  Many wizards had supported Voldemort during his reign of terror.  Most of them claimed afterwards that they had been under a curse that made them do Voldemort’s bidding, but many of these were faking it.  And many of those who opposed Voldemort seem to suffer from survivor’s guilt.  Harry Potter finds himself in a bright and shiny magical world but with a good deal of darkness at its heart.

The wizards’ world is a traumatized community trying to live down the horrors of Voldemort’s ascendency.  As the first book opens, Voldemort’s attempt to kill Harry has rebounded and brought him down, but during the course of the next sixteen years as Harry grows up, people continue to cringe at Voldemort’s name and there is ongoing suspicion of wizards who supported him but who claim they were cursed into it.   As in post-World War II Germany, everyone claims that they really didn’t support the dictator or his murderous regime.  But that leaves almost everyone under a cloud.

Anxiety permeates the society.  From beginning to end, the Potter books are driven by characters suffering from feelings of guilt and shame.  The main characters, both good and bad, try to live down things from their pasts, things that are individual to each but that intersect with the social trauma of Voldemort’s reign of terror.  All of them trying to overcome their shame and live with themselves.  Significantly, most of them, including Voldemort, Dumbledore, Hagrid, Snape, and Sirius, among others, came from broken families and suffered from a lack of maternal love. 

Voldemort, originally named Tom Riddle, is an archvillain whose doings and undoing are at the center of the books’ plots and trigger most of the action.  A damaged boy from a muggle father and a squib witch mother, he became a semi-human specter that haunted the magical world.  Abandoned as an infant, his father returning to his muggle family and his mother dying in childbirth, he grew up in a desiccated orphanage.  He later gutted his own humanity by committing murders that enabled him to split his soul into multiple parts, ostensibly ensuring his immortality, but leaving only the least humane part of himself to interact with the world. 

Despite taking the grandiose name of Lord Voldemort, he is driven by shame.  Shame for his parents, shame for his orphaned childhood, and shame for his own mortality.  Feeling that no one cared for him, he cared for no one.  Feeling powerless as an orphan, he became obsessed with power, and obsessed with immortality as the ultimate power.  Psychologists report that children raised without love commonly have feelings of inadequacy and inferiority but at the same time develop aggressively narcissistic personalities.  They feel like failures but lash out at others out of envy and revenge. 

Voldemort’s response was to seek revenge against the world by becoming a super wizard capable of dominating other wizards and terrorizing muggles.  But he cared for no one, so he also hated himself.  He was a loser even if he won, which helps account for the vehemence with which he pursued his goals and punished those who doubted him or got in his way. 

Many other characters in the books, both good guys and bad, were trying to live down shame and guilt, and find a way to live with themselves.   Among the good guys were Dumbledore, Snape, Hagrid, Lupin, Sirius, Neville, and Harry.

Dumbledore was a good man who was also motivated by a bad conscience.  He had two guilty secrets.  First, he was trying to live down his youthful infatuation with the evil wizard Grindelwald and Grindelwald’s ideas of muggle suppression in the interests of the greater good.  These ideas included sacrificing innocent people if they got in the way, a variation of the ends justifying the means.  Dumbledore was so ashamed of his dalliance with Grindelwald and his interest in Grindelwald’s ideas that he kept these infatuations secret from everyone during his lifetime except for his brother Aberforth who knew about them firsthand. 

Dumbledore subsequently rejected any ideas of wizards ruling over muggles, but he never completely abandoned the idea of sacrificing innocent people for the greater good.  We see this in his treatment of Harry: he repeatedly lied to Harry and set Harry up to be killed as a means of being able, in turn, to kill Voldemort in the interest of the greater good. 

Dumbledore had a second secret that he was also trying to live down, which was the responsibility he felt for his sister’s death.  Her death was a direct consequence of his relations with Grindelwald and haunted him up to his own death.  In sum, Dumbledore was good because he was a good man but also because he was trying to atone for his guilty secrets.

Snape was a particularly complex and ambivalent character.  He became a Death-Eater seemingly in order to live down the shame of his low-life parents, but then became a double-agent for Dumbledore as atonement for his failure to save Lily Potter from death.  He is morally torn, hating Harry out of resentment and envy toward Harry’s father, who goaded Snape at every turn and got Lily, the girl Snape worshipped, at the same time secretly committed to protecting Harry because Harry is her son.  His good side triumphed over his bad, but led to his death.

Hagrid was trying to live down the secret of his mother being a giant but also the shame of his being ejected as a student from Hogwarts because he had supposedly opened the Chamber of Secrets.  Lupin was living down the shame of being a werewolf, a curse for which he seemed to feel guilt as well as shame.  Sirius was living down the shame and guilt of his Death-Eater family.  Neville was living down what he felt as shame for the lunacy of his parents who had been tortured to near death by the Death-Eaters, a secret he kept from his school mates.  And more…..  Shame and guilt all around.

Finally, how to account for Harry?  Like Voldemort, Harry was orphaned in infancy and raised in a loveless environment.  But whereas Voldemort developed into a narcissistic monster, Harry became a humble and caring person.  In the first book, Harry was able to retrieve the sorcerer’s stone from the mirror, whereas Voldemort could not, because Harry did not want to use it.  This is one example of Harry’s selfless dedication to others.  At the end of the last book, Harry gets rid of the unbeatable Elder Wand that Voldemort had stolen from Dumbledore’s tomb because the wand posed too much of a temptation and threat to others.  This is another example of Harry’s selfless dedication to the greater good, but at a sacrifice to himself and not to others.  That’s the key.

How was it that Harry turned out to be so good while Voldemort turned out to be so bad?  A difference between their infancies might be a key.  Voldemort’s mother died in childbirth so that he had no love from the moment of his birth.  In contrast, Harry had a year of unconditional love from his parents before their deaths, seemingly enough to make a difference.  As Dumbledore repeatedly claims, love is the ultimate magic and Harry had enough of it to make a difference. 

Evolutionary psychologists claim that empathy is built into us as humans and then we either develop it during the course of our lives or it dies out. Infants exhibit empathy in their first year and can show concern for others’ pain and suffering.  Harry was seemingly formed as an empathetic and caring person in his first year with his caring parents.  It carried him through his childhood with uncaring relatives.  In Voldemort, empathy had no chance to develop.  To the contrary, antipathy towards himself and others thrived.

Harry also has a memory of his mother’s sacrifice even though he cannot consciously remember it until he is much older.  Her love has its impact and lasting effect.  It seems to humble him and help him to grow as a kind and caring person despite the neglect and emotional abuse he gets as a kid.  When Harry finds out that his parents died because Voldemort wanted to kill him, he was thereafter motivated to try to live down what he felt as his responsibility for his parents’ deaths.  He lived because his mother died.  His repentance was to be willing to die to save others, as he does in the last book, and for that reason, he is able to come back from the edge of death and defeat Voldemort.

Guilt-Tripping for the Greater Good: Two Wrongs Make a Right?

Where there are feelings of guilt, there are opportunities for guilt-tripping.  That’s both good and bad.  It’s good because if a person can be guilt-tripped, it implies that the person has a conscience or sense of shame which can be leveraged to get the person to do the right thing.  But it’s also bad because guilt-tripping is essentially an underhanded manipulation, a moralistic form of blackmail, a coercion for the greater good.  Guilt-tripping is an example of a second wrong trying to make the first wrong right.  And it implies a sense of superiority and an arrogance on the part of the moral blackmailer.

In the Potter books, almost everyone except for Harry uses guilt-tripping in trying to convince others to agree with them.  That is an essential difference between Harry and the others.  Dumbledore, for example, guilt-trips Snape into protecting Harry based on Snape’s love for Harry’s mother Lily and Snape’s failure to save her life when Voldemort went after Harry.  Dumbledore, Lupin, Mr. Weasley and Sirius repeatedly guilt-trip Harry into curbing his behavior, telling Harry that he should not take risks when his parents died trying to save him. 

Most dramatically, Voldemort guilt-trips Harry into allowing Voldemort to kill him by telling Harry that Harry’s colleagues are dying to save him and that no more of them need to die if he gives himself up to Voldemort.  Harry can’t live with himself with his friends dying in his place so he gives himself up to be killed. 

In contrast, when Harry tries to get an embarrassing memory from Slughorn, Harry appeals to Slughorn’s affection for Harry’s mother, Lily, and to Slughorn’s solidarity with the anti-Voldemort forces.  Harry was thereby essentially asking Slughorn to behave himself the way he would want others to behave, and appealing to his connection with them.  Likewise, when Harry asks the Gray Lady about her diadem, he appeals to her sense of solidarity with the occupants of Hogwarts and asks her to behave in the way that she would want them to behave.      

The first book opens with Lily Potter having sacrificed her life to save Harry.  She seems instinctively to know that she could not live with herself if she didn’t do that.  And her decency ended up living on in Harry.  The last book closes with Harry sacrificing his life so that his colleagues might not die.  He could not live with himself with them dying because of him.  And his decency ends up giving him new life and giving his colleagues immunity to the killing curses of Voldemort and his Death Eaters.  Because Harry thinks well of others, he is able to think well of himself and do the right thing. 

An Ambiguous Ending: An Unwanted Beginning?

The Potter books are death defying, literally.  Ghosts of dead people.  Pictures of dead people that talk and move about.  Life-like images of dead people that emerge from the wands that killed them.  Horcruxes of a person that live on when the person dies.  A sorcerer’s stone that makes an elixir that prolongs life indefinitely.  A resurrection stone that brings the dead back to life. 

The series opens with Voldemort desperately seeking the Sorcerer’s Stone so as to return to full life and with Harry denying the stone to Voldemort but also eschewing the stone for himself, which is how he could retrieve it from the magic mirror.  For Voldemort, life itself is more important than anything in life.  He is a man without principles or loyalties or concern for anything but himself.  For Harry, life is for caring and for being honorable, even if it means death.  The last book closes with Harry eschewing the resurrection stone and seeking death for the sake of his comrades.  His so doing ironically brought life to himself and to them.  Love turns out to be the ultimate magic.    

The books have, however, an ambiguous ending that could portend more troubles in the future.  The ambiguity has to do with the unbeatable Elder Wand that has historically been connected with so much evil. Has it or has it not been safely disposed of? 

In the complicated world of wands, the Elder Wand acknowledges loyalty to the person who last defeated its previous master.  Since it was Draco Malfoy who disarmed Dumbledore, mastery of the Elder Wand went from Dumbledore to Draco.  Then, when Harry disarmed Draco of Draco’s ordinary wand, Harry also became master of the Elder Wand even though it was still buried in Dumbledore’s tomb.  Although Voldemort subsequently took the Elder Wand from Dumbledore’s tomb, he was not the wand’s master.  First Draco was and then Harry was.

At the end of the last book, when Harry secretly confides to the picture of Dumbledore that he had secretly returned the Elder Wand to Dumbledore’s tomb, Harry claims that he has thereby safely disposed of the wand.  So long as Harry dies undefeated, no one else will ever be able to master the Elder Wand again and the all-powerful and all-too-dangerous weapon will never tempt or be used by anyone else.  Dumbledore approves of what Harry has done. 

But, wait a minute.  What if someone comes along and takes Harry’s regular wand from Harry?  The Elder Wand will belong to that person.  And what if that person discovers the secret that the wand is in Dumbledore’s tomb?  The cursed wand will be set loose on the world again.  Harry and Dumbledore are engaging in secrets and lies again.  And they are dangerous.  The only way to really get rid of the Elder Wand is for Harry to break it.  Which is what he does in the movie version of the books. 

That is a better ending if you really want to provide a definitive end to all the troubles.  But not if you want to leave open the ambiguous possibility that troubles could recur.  A main moral of the Potter stories is that secrets and lies open a Pandora’s box of troubles.  The first book opens with secrets and lies which lead to a host of troubles that are eventually resolved.  But the last book then closes with more secrets and lies.  Is there no end to this cycle?  Is the final message of the books that we are doomed to secrets and lies, a Pandora’s box of troubles forever?           

                                                                                                                        BW  6/24

Atheism, Anarchism and Relativism in Ursula K. Le Guin’s fantasy “A Wizard of Earthsea.” More and less than what you might think.

Atheism, Anarchism and Relativism in

Ursula K. Le Guin’s fantasy A Wizard of Earthsea.

More and less than what you might think.

Burton Weltman

Introduction: Defining Atheism, Anarchism and Relativism.

Atheist, anarchist, ethical relativist. Not what you might expect as the resume of a popular author of children’s books. But that was Ursula Le Guin.

Ursula K. Le Guin (1929-2018) was one of the most popular and influential authors of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries, and remains so today.  Mainly writing science fiction for adults and fantasy stories for adolescents, genres that were generally considered shallow, escapist and mere entertainment, Le Guin elevated these genres to literary status with entertaining but serious works that provoke readers, young and old, to think critically about themselves and their societies. 

Le Guin had an unconventional agenda for an author of popular children’s books. She was an avowed atheist, anarchist and relativist, and her religious, political and ethical views are embedded in her stories.  Le Guin took advantage of the imaginative leeway given to science fiction and fantasy writers in order to propose a variety of “what if” scenarios intended to get at the roots of what it means to be human and what might be better ways for us to live.   Implicitly but pervasively, Le Guin’s works incorporate a radical social and intellectual agenda.  Subversive but sensible and quietly convincing, her enduring popularity and influence testify to the success of her efforts. 

Le Guin did not conform to the conventional image of a radical.  She was a humanist at heart and she couched her views in ways that made sense to readers, very different from the nonsense that is usually attributed to atheists, anarchists and relativists.  Her views reflected the original definitions, and the literal meanings, of those ideas.  And she harked back to the promising ways that the terms were originally intended to be understood by their proponents, as opposed to the ominous meanings the words have since acquired from their opponents.  These original definitions can be summarized as follows:    

Atheism: a belief system in which the idea of a deity is considered irrelevant, as opposed to theism in which a deity is affirmed, and as opposed to anti-theism in which the possibility of a deity is denied and which has become the conventional definition of “atheism.”

Anarchism: a social system based on relative equality and voluntary cooperation among people, as opposed to statism which is based on hierarchy and a coercive central government, and as opposed to libertarianism which is an anti-social system based on self-centered individualism and which has become the conventional interpretation of “anarchism.”

Relativism: a philosophy in which the validity of something is based on the extent to which it measures up to a recognized standard, as opposed to absolutism in which things are judged definitively right or wrong, and as opposed to nihilism in which all things are subjective and anything goes and which has become the conventional interpretation of “relativism.”

This essay focuses on A Wizard of Earthsea, the first in Le Guin’s series of Earthsea books.  Intended primarily for adolescents, it is one of Le Guin’s most popular fantasy stories.  And although she never explicitly discusses atheism, anarchism or relativism in the book, I think the story implicitly promotes these ideas as the book’s underlying message, albeit with meanings different than the way the terms are conventionally understood.  The result is an unconventional message that, nonetheless, comes across as common sense.

The Setting: A Magical World.

It’s a magical world and it is baffling.  Some people can seemingly control this or that part of it but there seems to be no one in charge of the whole.  Things happen for no apparent reason and people come and go, who knows why or where or how.  People use languages that you don’t understand and speak about things you don’t comprehend.  Some can make things appear and disappear at will.  Others are so powerful that they merely have to say a word and a thing is done.  Still others have fears you cannot understand but that make you anxious.  Things sometimes work as you expect and sometimes do not, and for reasons that are beyond you.  Apparently dumb creatures and inanimate objects often seem to be alive and able choose to do or not do what they will.  And everyone tells you to be careful, not to reach too far for fear of failing and falling.

If this seems like the setting for a fantasy story, it is.  It is essentially the setting of Ursula K. Le Guin’s novel A Wizard of Earthsea (hereafter Wizard).  But is it also for real?  First published in 1968, Wizard is set in a world full of wizards, dragons, demons, sentient rocks, and living natural forces, all of whom do strange and wonderous things.  It is a fantastic setting but it is also intended, I think, as an abstract of the real world as it is experienced by most people, particularly children.  Much as we try to tame the world through our thoughts and deeds, it is still, in Le Guin’s telling, a strange and untamed place at bottom.  And we feel it as such.  She has, however, things to tell us as to how we might cope with it.

The world according to Le Guin is ultimately incomprehensible, but not entirely unfathomable.  And to the extent the world can be fathomed and possibly tamed, the principles of atheism, anarchism and relativism seem to be key.  These theories and their practices are, I think, an underlying meaning and message of Wizard.  They form the parameters of people’s lives in the book, informing their beliefs and unbeliefs, regardless of what they have been taught or say they believe.  And, Le Guin seems to be saying that this goes for us in the real world as it does for characters in her fantasy universe.  Le Guin’s message seems to be that recognizing these principles and working within their parameters is a key to coping successfully with life.       

The Reality of Fantasy: Believe it or not.

Le Guin was one of the most heralded American authors of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries.  A writer of science fiction and fantasy, categories of fiction that are generally derided as shallow escapism, she elevated those genres to the status of serious, thoughtful and thought-provoking literature.  Although Le Guin won virtually every fantasy and science fiction award available, she always said that she did not want to be known as a science fiction or fantasy writer, but simply as a writer, and hopefully a good one.  And she was. Michel Chabon called her “The greatest American writer of her generation,” regardless of genre.  Her popularity among readers and influence among other writers was widespread during her life and continues to the present day.[1] 

Le Guin was a prolific author.  She published some twenty novels, one hundred short stories, thirteen children’s books, six books of poetry and four collections of essays over a sixty-year period starting in the late 1950’s.  Wizard was the first of a series of six Earthsea fantasy books intended primarily for adolescents.  Le Guin also published eight Hainish Cycle science fiction books intended primarily for adults.  But her readership overlapped all age groups and extended far beyond devotees of science fiction and fantasy.    

Le Guin was a serious writer who wrote about serious issues, albeit in a somewhat fantastical garb.  Unlike many practitioners of science fiction and fantasy, she did not write about fairy tale queens or space cowboys.  Nor did she extoll the status quo.  Science fiction and fantasy have historically had a generally conservative bias, glorifying uniquely strong heroes who dominated their enemies, predominated over everyone else, and saved the status quo.  Not Le Guin

Science fiction and fantasy have also generally featured fantastic contrivances and magical miracles.  While Le Guin’s stories include these things, culture was her metier, and she was essentially an author of social science fiction and anthropological fantasy.  “What if’s” about society were her interest.  It was an interest and orientation that she picked up from her parents. 

Le Guin was the daughter of two prominent anthropologists, Theodora and Alfred Kroeber, who helped change the face of social science in the early twentieth century.  Her father was largely responsible for a shift in the field of anthropology away from the racist and ethnocentric theories that were predominant during the nineteenth century.  Those theories had proclaimed modern Western society as the highest form of civilization, toward which all of history had been tending, and against which all other cultures should be measured to their disadvantage. 

The Kroebers promoted a multicultural perspective that respected various forms of civilization, both past and present, as valuable human creations to be considered on their own terms, and not denigrated because they differed from modern Western norms.  Le Guin reflected the interests and perspectives of her parents in her own writings, which are largely anthropological in form and multicultural in content.  Her stories present a variety of “what-if” social and psychological situations, and they invariably promote multicultural messages.

Le Guin’s stories can tell readers a lot about what they feel is real, even though they don’t believe the stories are real.  Science fiction and fantasy can resonate with our feelings about things, even if our reason tells us otherwise.  I believe that is one reason why science fiction and fantasy stories are popular.  We can feel them without having to strain our brains figuring them out.  And by dressing real life up in fantastical costume, Le Guin can get away with incorporating such unconventional themes as atheism, anarchism and relativism into her books.

Le Guin’s novel Wizard is a fantasy story that resonates with our feelings about things.  Operating largely on a subliminal level, and weaving in themes of atheism, anarchism and relativism, her story reinforces some of our feelings while redirecting others.  So that while our rational selves tell us that the magical setting is unreal and the story is only make-believe, we nonetheless feel that the story represents in disguised form the way the world really is.  And that makes for the influence of Le Guin’s atheism, anarchism and relativism.

The Story: The Coming of Age of a Wizard.

A Wizard of Earthsea is set in a fictional archipelago called Earthsea.  Earthsea is a loose conglomeration of islands with no central government either for the confederation or on most of the individual islands.  The story centers on a boy from the island of Gont, which is home to a small, loosely governed, essentially anarchic village of peasant farmers, goatherds and craftsmen.  The boy, whose birth-name is Duny and nickname is Sparrowhawk, was essentially an orphan, his mother having died shortly after his birth and his father ignoring him and letting him run free.  As a result, Duny grew up wild, unfriended, and lonely.  Until he showed signs of magical power.[2]

Gont was the birthplace of many wizards and Duny demonstrated some minor magical powers as a young boy.  A turning point in Duny’s life came when he saved his village from a murderous band of barbarians called the Kargads by conjuring a great fog in which the invaders got lost.  The Kargads were “a savage people, white-skinned, yellow-haired, and fierce, liking the sight of blood and the smell of burning towns,” unlike the dark-skinned peaceful Gonians.

The Kargads were also very religious and dictatorially governed by priests and noblemen, very much unlike the unreligious and unregimented Gontians.  Having no central government or army, the Gontians were defenseless against the Kargads until Duny did his magic and they were saved.  The boy, therefrom, went in one magical stroke from the status of unwanted juvenile delinquent to the stature of local hero.[3] 

Recognizing Duny’s great natural power, the chief wizard on the island, named Ogion, took the boy under his wing and told him two most important things.  First, he told Duny that everyone and everything has a true name and that knowing someone’s or something’s true name gives one magical power over that person or thing.  Almost all magic comes from knowing the names of people and things.  Ogion then told Duny that Duny’s true name was Ged, something he must keep secret from all but his most trusted comrades.[4] 

The second thing Ogion told the boy was that natural power as great as Ged’s must not go untamed, uncontrolled and untrained.  So, Ogion took it upon himself to begin Ged’s education.  The first and foremost lesson Ogion taught Ged was the need for respect for the universe and restraint with respect to his magical powers.  Ged must learn to understand “the Balance and the Pattern [of the universe] which the true wizard knows and serves, and which keeps him from using his spells unless real need demands.”  For every action, there is inevitably a reaction, Ogion preached, and every person, but especially a person as powerful as a wizard, should understand the potential for unintended and undesirable consequences before taking an action.  “Before you speak or do, you must know the price that is to pay,” Ogion concluded.[5] 

After some initial training, Ogion sent Ged off to a wizard school on the island of Roke, the most magical place in the archipelago.  There, Ged learned much practical and powerful magic but also was repeatedly catechized in the necessity for humility in the face of the universe and restraint in the use of his powers.  Students were warned that “You must not change one thing, one pebble, one grain of sand until you know what good and evil will follow that act.  The world is in balance, in Equilibrium.”   And you must try not to upset that balance.  In turn, everything in the universe – animal, vegetable and mineral – has a being that you must respect.[6]

Ged’s instructors were most insistent that people, and especially wizards, must not act carelessly or with selfish and prideful motives.  This is a lesson that Ged found very hard to learn.  Surely, he said to himself, since he was a wizard, he must be “powerful enough to do what he pleased and balance the world as seemed best to him.”  Ged insisted to himself that even if he occasionally made a mess of things, he would be able to fix things afterwards.  Thinking and acting on this proudful basis led to Ged’s tragic mistake.[7] 

Ged did wonderfully well at the school but, nonetheless, suffered from feelings of inferiority because unlike most of the other students who came to the school from wealthy and powerful families, Ged was from a poor non-magical family on a poor obscure island.  His feelings of inferiority led him to recurring surges of boastful behavior.[8] 

In the course of a bragging duel with another student, Ged tried to resurrect a dead woman.  This was something his mentor Ogion had specifically warned him against as having potentially awful unintended consequences.  Ged’s effort failed disastrously and resulted in “a ripping open of the fabric of the world,” thereby allowing a shadow demon to escape into the living world from the world of the dead.  Ged had disrupted the balance of the universe.  He had unleashed a demon that could not only destroy him but possibly the whole world.[9] 

The rest of the story describes Ged’s efforts to defeat the shadow and restore balance to the world, in the course of which he learns lessons of humility and restraint that his mentors had been trying to teach him.

With the shadow in pursuit, Ged fled Roke and wandered around the archipelago, taking a series of humble wizarding posts.  As the shadow kept following him, he kept moving around, trying to keep one step ahead of it.  In the course of this rambling, Ged confirmed his great powers in killing several dragons that were threatening a small island and getting the chief dragon to make a binding promise to never again threaten anywhere in the archipelago.  It was an extraordinary feat that no wizard had achieved before and that had been thought impossible.[10]   

Ged concluded from this adventure that humility can lead to great deeds and that you can learn from everyone and everything.  “From that time forth he believed that the wise man is one who never sets himself apart from other living things, whether they have speech or not, and in later years, he strove to learn what can be learned, in silence, from the eyes of animals, the flight of birds, the great slow gestures of trees.”[11]

Ged also determined to stop running from the shadow and to confront it instead.  No sooner, however, did he make this resolve and turn toward the shadow than the shadow started running away from him.  Ged sailed to the ends of the earth with a fellow wizard name Vetch, chasing the shadow and trying to learn its name so that he could tame it.  “I am bound to the foul thing,” he told Vetch, “and will be so forever unless I can learn the word that masters it: its name.”[12]  

In the end, Ged confronted the shadow and grasped hold of it, vowing to die in its grasp if need be in order to rid the world of it.  In so doing, he discovered that the shadow’s name was his own name, Ged, and that the shadow was merely his other self, his dark side.  In grasping the shadow and saying his name, “Light and darkness met, and joined, and were one.”  Ged was saved and so was the world.  The narrator concludes that “Ged had neither lost nor won but, naming the shadow of his death and with his own name, had made himself whole.”[13] 

The story has a semi-happy ending with a chastened Ged in some ways wiser but in some ways weaker.  He never completely recovers from the effort of conquering himself and his shadow.  He has, however, learned lessons of humility and solidarity with all things in the universe.  That “All power is one in source and end.”  That nature is all and we are all aspects of nature.  That “My name, and yours, and the true name of the sun, or a spring of water, or an unborn child all are syllables of the great word that is very slowly spoken by the shining of the stars.” [14] 

Although some important conflicts have been resolved in Ged’s life and in the universe, the struggle between the dark forces and the light, and the effort to keep the universe in balance, are still ongoing, to be described in the later Earthsea books.  And it is a struggle in which the principles and practices of atheism, anarchism and relativism seem to be keys to preserving the balance and making progress in the universe.

Atheism: It isn’t what most people think.

Le Guin was an avowed atheist and her atheism is reflected in Wizard.[15]  But with a twist.

The twist is that Le Guin’s atheism reflected the original and literal meaning of the word, which is not the way most people think of it.  When you put an “a” in front of a word, it signifies indifference to what the word represents, not opposition to it.  Apolitical, for example, means indifference to politics, not opposition to politics, which would be anti-political.  Asocial means indifference to society, not opposition to society, which would be anti-social. 

And, so, atheism literally means indifference to the idea of God, not rejection of the idea of God, which would be anti-theism.  Unfortunately for the logic of our language and our ideas about religion, religious true believers, who have no doubt that God exists and no doubts about what it is God wants us to do, have hijacked the word “atheism” and warped it in the public mind to mean anti-theism, as though anyone who is indifferent to God is actually opposed to God. 

Atheists may, in fact, feel that there is something that in some way is responsible for creating and sustaining the universe.  Something like the Force in the Star Wars sagas.  We humans seem to be hard-wired into finding causes for things.  We want to know the why of things.  If the universe exists, then it is hard for us not to feel that something caused it and keeps it going, even if there is no evidence or reason to believe it, and even if it then begs the question of what caused that something.  Our confidence that the sun will rise tomorrow, and that the universe will not at any moment dissolve into nothingness, seemingly attests to that feeling. 

But as soon as you try to put that feeling into words and make an idea or belief out of it, atheists claim that you stumble into nonsense.  You come up with formulations that cannot be reasoned with and stories that can be sustained only with blind faith.   And when different groups of people have blind faith in competing nonsensical views of something like God, you end up with a recipe for irreconcilable conflicts.  Better to keep the idea of God out of the conversation.

The word “atheism” was coined during the sixteenth century in the midst of the bloody religious wars between Catholics and Protestants.  It was coined by people who themselves believed in God but who concluded that it was not right, righteous or necessary for them to try to impose their set of beliefs on others who believed otherwise.  They wanted to put an end to the religious wars, and they did not think it was necessary for everyone to believe the same religious ideas in order to live together peacefully.  

The original atheists did not intend to deny the existence of God.  They just wanted to take God out of social life and save God from being the source of social strife.  In their minds, atheism was effectively a way to honor Him by keeping people from squabbling over Him and killing each other in His name.  What they essentially wanted was to separate Church and State as the founding American fathers eventually tried to do with the First Amendment of the Constitution. 

The intent of the atheists was to leave God to people’s personal and private lives.  If some people got it wrong and there was a God who resented it, then they would go to Hell when they died.  But that was their choice.  Atheism meant that whatever you believed or disbelieved about God was irrelevant to me, and we should focus on cooperatively living together. 

Atheism was a sensible idea that was too reasonable to gain much traction at that time.  Not surprisingly, Protestants and Catholics, who had been slaughtering each other in the name of their respective versions of God, temporarily backed off from their mutual animosity in order to join forces in massacring those who proposed to end the violence in the form of atheism.  And they quickly warped “atheism” to mean anti-theism, which is how the word is commonly misused to the present day.

In Wizard, unsympathetic characters are portrayed as religious fanatics, superstitious fetishists, and aggressors against peaceful people.  Sympathetic characters are atheists in the sense that they feel that there is something in the universe, some force and sense of order that keeps things going and that must be respected if things aren’t going to fall apart.  But it is a natural order – magic included – rather than a supernatural thing or God.  The balance in Le Guin’s universe is, thus, an example of e pluribus unum, unity out of diversity and diversity out of unity.  

This diversity includes non-human beings and Wizard reflects a respect for the capabilities and sensibilities of non-human beings which requires humility from humans. Reflecting recent developments in science, humans in Le Guin’s universe aren’t so superior to other creatures as we used to think.  The universe is full of creatures who have all sorts of natural powers, which includes magic in Wizard.  The goal of life is to use your powers in a way that respects others and reinforces the balance of the universe.  It is a balance that includes death, dark shadows and evil things to balance and accentuate life, light and the good.

This lesson is exemplified in the oldest creation song in the archipelago in Wizard which includes the verse “Only in silence the word, only in dark the light, only in dying life.”[16]

In sum, Ged learns that having great power means also accepting great responsibility and, especially, exercising great restraint.  With these lessons comes a deep humility that makes him fit to live in the anarchic society of the archipelago.  

Anarchism: It isn’t what most people fear.

Le Guin was a self-styled anarchist and her anarchist views are reflected in Wizard[17]  But, as with her atheism, she was an anarchist with a twist.  

In conventional parlance, anarchism is scorned as nonsense at best and mayhem at worst.  Anarchists are disdained as either utopians who foolishly believe in the perfectibility of humans and society, or extreme individualists who selfishly believe in everyone for themselves, or angry nihilists who believe in blowing up the existing social order.  Le Guin was none of these things.  She believed that, with due respect to all who came before us and regard for all who will come after us, we should try to make a better world, one that is based on the original principles and literal meaning of anarchism.  

Just as the word “atheism” consists of “theism” plus the prefix “a,” the word “anarchy” is a combination of “archy” plus “a,” with an “n” thrown in to make it sound OK.  “Archy” means government and the suffix can be attached to many different prefixes to make words that reflect different approaches to government.  Monarchy, for example, adding the prefix “mon,” meaning one, to “archy” means rule by one person.  Patriarchy, adding the prefix for father to “archy,” means rule by fathers or, more generally, men.  Matriarchy means, in turn, rule by mothers or women.  Anarchy is a combination of “a” or “an,” meaning indifference or irrelevance, and “archy,” with a combined meaning of indifference to government and the irrelevance of government.

The word “anarchism” apparently made its first appearance in English during the sixteenth century during the bloody religious wars and dynastic struggles that characterized that age.  This was the era in which modern nation states developed and in which European society transitioned from a relatively decentralized feudal system of nobles to a system of absolute monarchs. 

Reflecting and reinforcing this transition, kings claimed to be the defenders of the true religion, which could be either Catholicism or Protestantism, depending on the country. Taking on this holy role ostensibly gave them God’s sanction for exercising dictatorial powers.  It also exacerbated the religious wars, with everyone fighting for their version of God’s will.

Just as the theory of atheism developed out of a desire to end the religious conflicts of that era, the theory of anarchism developed out of a desire to end the dynastic conflicts of nobles against kings and kings against each other, and to rein in the brutal dictatorships.  The word “anarchism” was derived from the Latin “anarchia” which was itself derived from the Greek “anarcho,” and it originally meant a society without a chief or ruler. 

The word “anarchism” was initially a neutral term that did not imply disorder and did not suggest approval or disapproval.  Nonetheless, for obvious reasons, nobles, kings and their respective supporters, even as they fought each other, came universally to condemn the theory and practice of anarchy.  As a result of their joint efforts, the term acquired the negative connotations that it conventionally has today.  But not without complication and contradiction.

Most dictionaries have a primary and a secondary definition for anarchism, and they aren’t consistent with each other.[18]  The primary definition invariably runs something like “A state of disorder due to the absence or non-recognition of authority or other controlling systems.”  The operative terms in this definition are disorder and the opposition to any controls.  Chaos is the implication, and the word has negative connotations.

The secondary definition of anarchism usually runs something like “A society based on voluntary cooperation and without political institutions or hierarchical government.”  The operative terms in this definition are the existence of cooperation and the absence of dominance over people.  There is no implication of disorder, let alone chaos, and no connotation of a complete absence of controls.  To the contrary, this definition could be expressed as a mirror image of the first definition, something like “A state of order due to the absence or nonrecognition of authority.”  In this definition, the word has positive connotations.

The first definition, the negative one, reflects the conventional view of anarchism.  The second definition, the more positive one, is closer to the original idea of anarchism and close to the view reflected in Le Guin’s books.  Anarchists, in this view, eschew government but not in favor of a free-for-all chaotic individualism.  The word “government” is of medieval origin and stems from a French word that is itself derived from a Latin and Greek term referencing a ship captain.  As such, it originally refers to someone, a governor, who directs and controls a society and who has arbitrary discretion to order people around.  This is what anarchists opposed. 

And this is essentially the meaning of an axiom often attributed to Thomas Jefferson: “That government is best which governs least.”  Jefferson was not opposed to people coming together to solve problems but he preferred that they do it cooperatively rather than dictatorially. He was not opposed to public works or programs.  He merely preferred public enterprises to be conducted as much as feasible at the local level, where people could operate them on a face-to-face cooperative basis.  He distrusted governors but not government.

Many eighteenth-century European-American settlements actually operated on what could be considered a semi-anarchist basis, with people sharing the land and their produce, and with most community decisions made in common council.  And most towns had large public sectors, from mills to toll roads, that were collectively controlled via town councils.  This is essentially the way most communities in Wizard seem to operate.  Anarchism does not mean laissez-faire free enterprise or libertarian individualism or maximizing the private sector and minimizing the public sector.  It means, to the contrary, maximizing the public sector but though bottom-up cooperation rather than top-down dictation. 

Although cooperation is a key to anarchism, the system does not require people to be good.  The story in Wizard is, for example, mainly about Ged coming to accept his dark side, which is perfectly consistent with anarchism.  Anarchism merely requires people to be mostly sensible.  The idea is that working together on common projects brings out the positive in people and helps keep the negative in check.  And where that is not enough, anarchists are not necessarily against rules, just against the rule of some people over others.  Not perfect but good enough.

Anarchism is easier to imagine and implement in small-scale, face-to-face communities with a low level of technology, such as existed in early European settlements in America and in Le Guin’s fantasy stories.  But Le Guin doesn’t leave it at that, which would essentially be an admission of the irrelevance of anarchism given our highly complex and large-scale societies.  In her science fiction stories, Le Guin imagines complex anarchic societies full of technology. 

In The Dispossessed, for example, she imagines a complex high-tech society which is set on the moon.  Computers are a key to its success – they enable the administration of things as opposed to the domination over people – and it works.  It is not perfect.  Complications and conflicts regularly arise, some of which threaten the chaos that opponents of anarchism predict.  But the characters struggle on.  Le Guin is not a utopian.  But she shows how things could work with a will and a way, and a common sense of common decency.

Relativism: It isn’t relative.

Le Guin was a professed cultural relativist.  As noted above, it is an idea she picked up from her father, Alfred Kroeber, who was one of the first anthropologists to promote cultural relativism.  Le Guin adopted it but, as with her atheism and anarchism, she was a relativist with a twist.

Relativism is a theory that is generally defined in contrast with absolutism.  Relativism is conventionally defined as “The doctrine that knowledge, truth, and morality exist in relation to culture, society, or historical context, and are not absolute.”[19] The implication is that anything can be considered true or ethical depending on the society in which you live.  In this conventional view, relativists ostensibly believe there is no universal truth, good or evil, and there is no stable benchmark with which to evaluate potential truths, good and evil. 

By contrast, absolutism is generally defined as “the acceptance of or belief in absolute principles in political, philosophical, ethical or theological matters.” [20]  Absolutists believe in absolute truth and falsity, and in moral absolutes.  Right is right and wrong is wrong no matter what your culture.  And relativists, they say, are just plain wrong.  Either there has to be a set of truths that are certain or there is nothing but chaos.

Absolutists and relativists have been battling each other over epistemology and ethics since at least the ancient Greeks, as exemplified by the absolutist Plato and the relativist Protagoras.  Protagoras was a Sophist to whom is attributed the axiom that “Man is the measure of all things.”  Relativists cite this axiom in support of their position, but absolutists cite this same axiom against them.  At the heart of the conflict between absolutists and relativists is the different ways in which they interpret this axiom.  The axiom also exemplifies a way in which relativists and absolutists often talk past each other because they start with different definitions of key terms.     

To absolutists, the axiom means that every individual man and every individual culture can decide for himself/itself what is true and what is good, and there is no common ground.  The axiom ostensibly exemplifies a hardcore relativism, i.e., a skepticism in which nothing is true or false, a nihilism in which nothing is right or wrong, and a solipsism in which no one can really know anyone else.  To absolutists, relativism is the epistemological and ethical complement to an atheism that is anti-theist and an anarchism that is pure chaos.

To most relativists, the axiom has a very different meaning.  It is a statement of humanism that says merely that epistemological and ethical truths are made by humans.  Truth, they say, does not come from God or some Platonic universe of ideals, but from people struggling to define themselves as humans and work together.  And people do this by measuring themselves against others, defining themselves through comparing and contrasting themselves with others, and looking for ways to bridge the gaps and break down the barriers between them.  To relativists, absolutist theories and practices comprise one of the biggest barriers to peaceful coexistence and to cooperation among different people and cultures.    

Absolutists have largely won the definitional battle and theirs has become the conventional definition of relativism.  In this view, relativism is equated with subjectivism – everyone has their own code of right and wrong – and cynicism – there is no legitimate way to judge right from wrong – and even nihilism – there is no right and wrong. In the conventional view, cultural relativism means that every culture has its own ethical standards and someone from one culture cannot judge the ethics or behavior of people from another.  For that reason, cultural relativists supposedly cannot condemn other cultures’ practices of torture, racism, sexism and other things that mainstream Americans rightly reject. 

This is not what Kroeber and Le Guin had in mind.  Nor most other self-styled relativists.

By definition, in order for something to be relative to something else, there has to be a third thing that they have in common which makes for the relation between them.  In physics, the theory of relativity posits the speed of light as a limit which is used to describe the relativity of moving things.  Likewise, in the theory of cultural relativity, two cultures that are relative to each other have to have some cultural thing in common to identify their relativity.  For Kroeber and Le Guin, that common benchmark is human nature and a common sense of decency.     

Kroeber recognized the boundaries and blinders that made it difficult for people from one culture to understand and empathize with those from another.  But he emphasized that intercultural understanding was doable because at bottom all people seem to share a common sense of decency and fairness.  People are naturally empathetic.  In fact, they know themselves largely through understanding others, and comparing and contrasting themselves with others.  His work with Ishi, the last of the Yahi, exemplifies his views.

In 1911, Kroeber was working at the University of California, Berkeley when he was introduced to a man who called himself Ishi and who was the last surviving member of his Native-American Yahi community.  The rest of the Yahis had either been killed by white people or had died of white people’s diseases, to which Ishi also eventually succumbed.  The Yahis had existed for many eons as a very small low technology community akin to what we consider Stone Age societies to have been like, until they had been annihilated as vermin by white people moving West in the late 1800’s. 

When Kroeber came upon him, Ishi was a middle-aged man barely surviving by foraging in the back woods of northern California.  He had no inkling of modern society.  He had never seen an automobile, an airplane, a multi-story building, a group of more than fifty people at a time, or any type of mechanical or electrical contrivance.  And Kroeber and his colleagues who were taking care of Ishi spoke a language he could not understand and they could not understand his.  Saved by white people whose fellows had slaughtered his family and friends, and taken into a totally alien society, Ishi could have been overwhelmed by culture shock.  But he wasn’t.

Ishi kept his cool and acclimated well to his new situation.  While he mourned the loss of his family and his former way of life Ishi, according to Kroeber, accepted his new circumstances and “was content that it should be so, participating as fully as he could in the new life.”  Moden technology amused Ishi but did not faze him, and he quickly learned to use what was available to him.  Extolling Ishi’s adaptability. Kroeber exclaimed that “Ishi was the last wild Indian in North America, a man of Stone Age culture subjected for the first time when he was past middle age to twentieth-century culture.”  Ishi was, nonetheless, able to adapt to his new circumstances without losing his former identity or Yahi culture.[21] 

Kroeber particularly emphasized Ishi’s ability to share in the common humanity of the strange people with whom he had come to live.  Ishi’s adaptability was a testament to Kroeber’s theories of multicultural relativism.  The cultural differences and barriers in this case were about as extreme as you could imagine, but they were not impenetrable on either Ishi’s side or Kroeber’s.[22]  These are the sort of situations that Le Guin wrote about in her stories.

Almost all of Le Guin’s stories are about people trying to make contact with different sorts of beings, not all of them human, or adapt to different cultures, not all of them humane.  In Wizard, for example, Ged has to deal with inhumane humans like the Kargads and with inhumane dragons.  He deals with the Kargads by using what is effectively a Judo move in which the Kargads destroyed themselves by stumbling wildly and furiously around in the fog that Ged had conjured.  He deals with the dragons, whose language and ways of thinking are virtually impenetrable to humans, by empathetically working out a peace agreement with them.   

What the Kroebers found in their anthropological work, and Le Guin portrayed in her stories, was that cultural barriers could be overcome with empathy and common human decency.  What was needed was greater recognition and respect for something like the Golden Rule, treating others as you would want to be treated if you were in their situation, a version of which exists in virtually every culture.  The Golden Rule is a relativistic but realistic benchmark for humane behavior.  It is not a prescriptive absolute that tells you specifically what you must do in any given situation.  It is a pragmatic starting point for evaluating whether what you are doing is the right thing. 

The Golden Rule is a relativistic test that can be applied in many different ways depending on the culture and the situation.  And well-intentioned people can disagree as to its application.  But it gives you a reasonable guideline and basis for discussion as to what should be done.  It is an answer to the question “Relative to what?”  It appeals to something that seems to be universal in humans – empathy – and that is what makes relativism reasonable.  Empathy is what enables us to understand others and reason with them.  And since we know ourselves only through knowing and caring for others, it is arguably what defines us as humans no matter our culture.

Atheism, anarchism and relativism in their original forms, and as Le Guin seems to promote them, are both more and less than most people think.  More sensible, less radical, more feasible, less scary.  As portrayed in Wizard and her other stories, Le Guin’s atheism, anarchism and relativism come across as an attractive form of humanism.  These theories and their practices, in their original forms, can also be seen as a variation of the well-nigh universal Golden Rule. 

The fact that such unconventional underlying messages in Le Guin’s books have been taken in stride for so long by so many readers, both young and old, is a testament to her skills as a writer but maybe also to the attraction of the ideas she promoted.  It may also be an indication of directions in which our culture might be heading.

                                                                                                            BW  4/23


[1] Johathan Herman. “Remembering Ursula K. Le Guin (1929-2018): Author, Activist, Amateur Scholar of Religion.” Religious Studies News. 10/16/18.  Mark Woods. “Ursula Le Guin: What the atheist writer taught this Christian.” Christian Today. 1/24/18. Rick de Yangpert. “Ursula Le Guin’s Earthsea taught Pagan path to many.” The Wild Hunt. 2/4/18.  Annie Laurie Gaylor. “Ursula K. Le Guin.”  Freedom from Religion Foundation. Accessed 3/20/23.

[2]Ursula K. Le Guin. A Wizard of Earthsea.  Boston: Clarion Books, P.1.

[3] Ibid. Pp. 7,.9, 14

[4] Ibid. P. 15.

[5] Ibid.  Pp. 5, 19. 24

[6] Ibid.  P. 25.

[7] Ibid. Pp. 47-48.

[8] Ibid. P. .66.

[9] Ibid. Pp. 67-68.

[10] Ibid. Pp.84-101.

[11] Ibid. P.90.

[12] Ibid. P. 173.

[13] Ibid. Pp 194, 196

[14] Ibid. P.178

[15] Annie Laurie Gaylor. “Ursula K. Le Guin.”  Freedom from Religion Foundation. Accessed 3/20/23.

[16] Ursula K Le Guin. A Wizard of Earthsea. Boston: Clarion Books. P. 196.

[17] Lewis Call. “Postmodern Anarchism in the Novels of Ursula K. Le Guin.” SubStance #113. Vol  26, No 2, 2007.  Victor Urbanowicz.“Personal and Political in The Dispossessed.Science Fiction Studies. Vol 5, #15, Part 2, July 1978.

[18] “Anarchism.” Google’s English Dictionary. 

[19] Relativism. Oxford Languages Dictionary.

[20] Absolutism. Oxford Languages Dictionary.

[21] Theodora Kroeber. Ishi in Two Worlds. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1961. P.9.

[22] Ibid.  P..250.

Individualism v. Individuality. Coming of Age in Young Adult Literature. Kathryn Laskey’s Dreams in the Golden Country and Elizabeth Acevedo’s The Poet X.

Individualism v. Individuality.

Coming of Age in Young Adult Literature.

Kathryn Laskey’s Dreams in the Golden Country

And Elizabeth Acevedo’s The Poet X.

Burton Weltman

Individualism and Individuality in Coming-of-Age Literature.

Adolescence is a turbulent time of changes for young people in our society.  Coming-of-age literature tries to provide role models and exemplary situations to help guide young people through the changes.  The genre is diverse but one of the ways I think it can usefully be categorized is between stories that promote self-development through individualism and stories that promote self-development through individuality.  The difference is between emphasizing self-centeredness versus emphasizing social-centeredness, “me” versus “we.”  I think that the former emphasis is harmful, the latter helpful.  The purpose of this essay is to discuss that thesis.

“Individualism” is a popular word in the American lexicon.  The word is almost as ubiquitous as apple pie in describing American culture.  But I think that the practice of individualism is not so widespread as the word, and that people often misuse the word and misconstrue the idea when what they really mean is individuality.  The confusion is unfortunate because I think that individuality is actually the attitude that best describes the core of American morals and mores.

E pluribus unum, “from many one,” was adopted by the Founders as the motto of the United States.  The motto espouses the idea of individuality, of each individual and group making their particular contribution to the whole, and of unity through diversity.  Although Congress made “In God we Trust” the country’s official motto in 1956, E pluribus unum remains the unofficial motto and, I believe, the actual credo of the country.  And this is the case despite the widespread use of the word “individualism” to describe the American way.

Confusion between the ideas of individualism and individuality is not surprising.  Both words stem from the same root word “individual,” and the two words look similar.  They also have overlapping implications.  Both emphasize the importance of the individual, the uniqueness of each individual, and the goal of individual self-development.  As a result, many people use the words interchangeably and conflate their meanings.  But they are not interchangeable in their underlying message as to how to respect individuals and promote individual self-development. 

Individualism implies that people are self-made and self-sufficient.  The word also implies that people are in continual competition with others, as they try to establish their individual identities against other people and elevate themselves above the group.  Individualism is a theory and practice that emphasizes the precariousness of a person’s identity.  In a regime of individualism, people are inevitably insecure as each struggles against the others for position. 

Individuality implies a very different ethos, and it is the ethos that in practice has historically been predominant in America.  Individuality implies interdependence and that you are a product of interaction with others.  It also implies cooperating with others as you try to establish your identity with them and make your unique contribution to the group.  An interdependent society that promotes individuality is inherently supportive.  And despite the pervasiveness of the idea of individualism in the United States, the reality is that people working together made the country.       

Confusing the concepts of individualism and individuality, and choosing to promote the idea of individualism over individuality, can have important psychological, social and political consequences.  This is especially the case when you are trying to reach and reassure insecure adolescents struggling through a period of change, and trying to teach them how to make their way in the world.  Promoting individualism exacerbates adolescents’ insecurity.  Promoting the theory and practice of individuality can help adolescents secure their individual identities and work in the world.  For these reasons, I think it is important for coming-of-age literature to distinguish between the two concepts and to promote individuality rather than individualism. 

In this essay, I discuss Elizabeth Acevedo’s The Poet X and Kathryn Laskey’s Dreams in the Golden Country as examples of coming-of-age novels that respectively promote individualism and individuality.  Both books have been highly acclaimed and widely assigned to middle and high school students.  Both address the difficulties of the adolescent stage of life, but with different emphases.  I think Laskey’s approach is better.

Coming of Age in Literature.

Every age is a transitional age, both in a person’s life and in the life of a society.  And in every age, it is always the best of times in some ways and the worst of times in others, with the key being to make the best of the times that you have been given.  In going through social transitions, we invariably look to other societies, past and present, as examples of the choices we might make in our current circumstances and what might be the consequences of making those choices.  Likewise, in going through personal changes, we invariably look to others for examples of how they tried to get through similar situations and how we might try to get through our own. 

Positive role models and negative examples can be found in both real life and fiction.  Although factual examples may be more persuasive, fictional examples may in some ways be preferable because they are constant and consistent.  They can never change from better to worse or disappoint.  This is the rationale for coming-of-age literature for adolescents.

Adolescence, a person’s teenage years, has become an important transitional stage in our society.  It is a turbulent period during which young people go through significant psychological and physiological changes, and are subject to significantly new behavioral expectations.  It is generally considered that gaining a personal identity is one of the main tasks of adolescents.[1]  Coming-of-age literature generally portrays young people struggling to gain a personal identity.

As adolescence has become a more clearly defined stage of personal development over the last one hundred years, adolescents have been encouraged by teachers and parents to read coming-of-age literature as a means of finding role models for their self-development.  As a result, literature for adolescents has become a booming business, especially over the past fifty years.  What was often previously considered an inferior form of literature produced by inferior writers has become a first-rate literary form produced by first-rate writers. 

One way of analyzing and evaluating coming-of-age literature is to distinguish between literature that promotes individualism as the means of gaining a personal identity and literature that instead promotes individuality.  The common starting point of almost all of this literature is the common complaints of almost every adolescent.  Almost every adolescent feels misunderstood, overlooked, mistreated, underestimated, and disrespected.  Almost every adolescent also feels that no one has ever been treated as badly as they are.  Given this starting point, the question is how should a coming-of-age novel try to direct these feelings toward a mature adulthood? 

Individualistic literature essentially goes with the flow of the egoism and self-centeredness that is a natural feature of adolescence.  Identity and maturity in these stories come through asserting yourself against others and society, essentially through power-tripping.  Literature that promotes individuality seeks, on the contrary, to counter and redirect self-centeredness toward cooperation and social-centeredness.  Identity and maturity come, in this view. through developing yourself in the course of working with others, and establishing a role for your unique self as a member of a group.  Sharing instead of controlling, and caring about yourself through caring for others, as a more productive way of getting through the adolescent stage of life.   

The Seven or Whatever Stages of Life. 

Humans have a penchant for seeing their lives and their societies as going through phases of development and decay, from birth to death, and sometimes thereafter.  People at different times have divided their social history into different stages of development.  And people in different societies have divided their lives into stages that reflect the circumstances of their times.  In this context, adolescence is a relatively new phrase and phase of human life.   

The character Jacques in Shakespeare’s As You Like It, for example, described what he called “the seven ages of man” as they appeared to Shakespeare in early seventeenth century England.  His stages were infant, school boy, lover, soldier, justice, old age, and second childhood, the last of which he described as “sans teeth, sans eyes, sans taste, sans everything.” 

In his list of stages, and in particular with his stage of “school boy,” Jacques differed from the way young people had generally been seen before his time in medieval England.  In what we call the Middle Ages or the feudal stage of history, young people were generally seen as moving from the stage of childhood to the stage of adulthood in one fell swoop.  No “school boy” phase. 

Medieval children were generally treated as miniature adults who became full adults upon entering puberty.  In Shakespeare’s time, which today is generally called the Early Modern Period or early capitalist stage of history, Jacques added “school boy” as a stage between childhood and adulthood.  It is an addition that reflected the rise of elementary schooling for children as well as other social and economic developments in the early 1600’s.

That was not, however the end of it.  Since the late nineteenth century, during what we call the Modern Period or post-industrial stage of history, adolescence has been added as yet another stage between childhood and adulthood, as a transitional stage following Shakespeare’s school boy stage and preceding adulthood.  This new stage of development reflects a number of social, economic and psychological developments as well as the rise of secondary schooling and other formal training for young people beyond the elementary level. 

Adolescence is still a relatively new stage in our conception of human life, and there is still a lot of controversy about how to deal with it.  It is an age in which “Who am I?” and “What am I?” questions of personal identity are central concerns of young people.  And, according to psychologists such as Erik Erikson, the identities that young people develop during adolescence generally stay with them for the rest of their lives.  As such, how young people make their way through adolescence is important to them and to society.     

Coming-of-age novelists try to tune in to young people’s striving for personal identity, to their desire to differentiate themselves from their parents and distinguish themselves from their peers. They differ, however, on whether adolescents should strive to be independent of others or interdependent with them, and whether adolescents should be encouraged to stand up to others or stand with them.  The ethical and ideological choice is between promoting individualism and the cult of the individual versus promoting cooperation and the cultivation of individuality.

Popeye’s Problem: I am what I am but what am I?

I am what I am, and that’s all I am.”  So sayeth Popeye the Sailor Man before he downs a can of spinach and goes forth to pummel some bad guys.  With bulging forearms and enormous strength derived from consuming large quantities of spinach, Popeye was a popular comic strip super hero during the 1920’s, and a role model in right eating, thinking and acting for young people. 

A precursor of the superheroes that emerged during the Depression years of the 1930’s, Popeye shared a key trait with Superman and most other superheroes from then to the present day: he had a belief in himself as essentially a self-made and self-sufficient individual.  Popeye was his own man, an independent individualist, and there was no one on whom he depended. 

But Popeye still seemed to struggle with his personal identity.  We humans are seemingly among the few creatures on earth who are aware of ourselves as individuals.  We are, in turn, plagued by persistent existential questions as to who and what we are.  “I am what I am” was Popeye’s answer to the perplexing question of identity, which he repeated incessantly in an almost obsessive concern with reassuring himself and others that he was what he was, whatever that was. 

Popeye’s was, however, a self-defeating way of establishing his identity since it seemed to require a continual reassertion of himself against others in order to sustain a belief in himself.  Hence, Popeye’s almost compulsive need to find someone to punch.  Popeye was, in my estimation, a perpetual winner who was inherently a loser in the struggle to establish his identity.  He invariably defeated his foes and came out on top.  But he invariably then encountered new foes who threatened his identity.  His position was like that of the fast-draw gunslinger in conventional cowboy movies.  Someone was always challenging his position.  He could never by secure in his identity.

The mantra of the self-made man that Popeye represents was the product of a philosophical tradition dating back to the early 1600’s.  It was a function of the rise of modern capitalist society in Western societies and the development of an individualistic ethos that has infused Western societies since then.  Social, economic and political theories since then have almost invariably started with the isolated, independent individual and then tried to justify and explain the existence of society and its ways and means. 

This has been true of even most socialist and communitarian thinking, despite being a starting point that puts cooperative theories and practices at a disadvantage.  How do you have a cooperative society when your population is made up of ostensibly self-made and self-sufficient individuals?  It creates social, political and ethical dilemmas. 

The Ethics of Individuality and the Anxiety of Individualism.

There is an ontological dimension to the differences between individualism and individuality.  “I am what I am,” Popeye proclaims, but ontologically how does he know what he is?  I cannot know who or what I am by myself.  In order to get to a self-conscious awareness of myself as a person, I must be aware of others and of myself as one among others.  It is through comparing and contrasting myself with others that I get a sense of myself.  There is, therefore, no such thing as a self-made or self-sufficient person.  Without others, we have no identity.    

This ontological dimension of self-consciousness leads to an ethical difference between individualism and individuality.  In order to compare and contrast myself with others, I must recognize them as essentially the same as me and equal to me.  If these others are completely unlike me, then I cannot see myself in them to make a comparison.  If they are completely like me, then I cannot see myself as distinguished from them to make a contrast. 

In any case, I must first see the individuality of others in order to see myself as an individual.  And it is only from seeing others as unique individuals that I can establish my own individuality, that is, see myself as a unique “one” among a group of “many.”  Self-consciousness, that is, an ability to say “I” and actually know what I am talking about, requires respect for others.  In turn, respect for others is a catalyst for, and a measure of, my respect for myself.

It is from this circumstance, I believe, that what we refer to as the Golden Rule emerges as a statement of fact as well as an ethical ideal.  Almost every major religious and philosophical doctrine incorporates some version of the Golden Rule.  “Do unto others as you would have them do unto you if you were in their situation” and “Love thy neighbor as an extension of thyself” are common examples.  These statements are not merely ideal prescriptions but are also descriptions of reality.  The point is that the way we think of ourselves depends on how we think of others, and whether and to what extent we think of their well-being as well as our own. 

If we think of the well-being of others as connected with our own, we are likely to think well of ourselves.  If we disregard others’ well-being, we are likely to think poorly of ourselves.  In turn, the way we expect others to treat us depends largely on how we treat them.  If we treat others poorly, we are likely to expect them to treat us poorly, and they probably will.  If we treat them well, we are likely to expect the same from them and are more likely to be treated that way. 

Individualistic thinking generally disregards the well-being of others in favor of a competitive regard for oneself and for this reason, it fails both as a theory and as a practice.  It fails in theory because we cannot know ourselves or be ourselves without working with others. There is no such thing as a self-made person.  Our selves are made in conjunction with others.  The idea of individuality recognizes that fact and cultivates it.  The idea of individualism regrets it, denies it, and obfuscates the reality of human interdependence.

Individualism fails in practice because it promotes a never-rending competition against others as a result of which a person can never feel secure.  It is an ethos of anxiety.  Individualism pits people against each other and essentially encourages people to establish their identities by dominating others.  The problem is that if you base your identity on competitive success against others, then you can never be secure in your identity.  You are safe only until the next competitive encounter. 

If, for example, you base your identity on being the best in something – say being the best musician in the world based on winning virtuoso competitions – that identity is secure only until the next competition.  And there is always another competition and always someone coming at you to take your title and destroy your identity.  If, instead, you base your identity on being part of a symphony orchestra and making beautiful music together with others, then your identity is relatively secure, so long as you keep practicing.   

Individualism is a prescription for chronic insecurity and anxiety.  You are continually competing for power and position against others who are trying to exert their individualism and establish their identities through beating you.  Someone is always coming up trying to slam you from behind.  The anxiety inherent in an individualist ethos would seem to be among the last things you would want to promote in congenitally insecure adolescents. 

For these reasons, I think that coming-of-age literature that promotes individualistic rather than cooperative role models is harmful rather than helpful to adolescents.  The recent novel The Poet X by Elizabeth Acevedo is an example.

The Poet X: Cooperating with Others versus Competing against Them.

The Poet X by Elizabeth Acevedo is a critically acclaimed novel-in-verse.[2]  Published in 2018, it is a charming and cleverly composed book.  It has received many honors, including a National Book Award for Young People’s Literature.  The book is ostensibly the diary and the versifying of a teenage Latina girl in Harlem who comes of age in the novel as a champion poet.  The girl is seemingly presented as a role model for adolescent readers to emulate.  Her story is, however, an example of individualism triumphant.  And that is what concerns me.

The Backdrop of the Story.  The setup of the story in The Poet X is fairly conventional for coming-of-age literature.  It features a rebellious adolescent who is troublesome for her family and getting into trouble in school. The girl is an outsider and to some extent an outcast among her peers. She feels she is misunderstood and mistreated by her parents, teachers and peers alike. 

The setup is conventional but the execution is not, as the story is written largely in verse and has a heroine who is an emerging poet.  Her problems are typical of adolescents but the way she overcomes them is not.  She does it through poetry. That makes the book most interesting.

The girl, Xiomara or X for short, comes from a working-class family that has immigrated to the United States from the Dominican Republic.  Her father lives in the home but is essentially absent from the family life.  Her mother is an extremely strict Catholic who essentially runs the family and runs roughshod over her twin children, Xiomara and Xavier.  The mother works long hours cleaning an office building in Queens, a long way from her Harlem home.  She works hard to support her kids and expects them, in turn, to behave according to her standards.   

X is a big, strong, physically well-developed fifteen-year-old who is continually being sexually harassed by men and boys.  X’s twin brother Xavier, whom she calls Twin, is a nerd.  He is intellectually strong but physically weak, personally timid and socially inept.  X frequently comes to the rescue of her brother by fighting boys who harass him.  Shades of Popeye.

X is for the most part a loner with one close friend, a girl named Caridad.  X, Caridad and Twin hang out together.  While X is an inveterate troublemaker in school, in church and at home, Caridad is a goody-goody who is always trying to calm X down when X gets agitated.  Caridad advises X to follow the straight-and-narrow when X invariably strays off the conventional path.  But she is also attracted by X’s rebelliousness, admires it, and seemingly, thereby, reinforces it.   

X carries around a negative image of herself and a chip on her shoulder.  She continually complains that everyone wants her to be the way they want her to be, with no regard for what she actually is or might want to become, and they come down on her when she won’t or can’t comply with their demands.  She complains that “Mami [her mother] wants me to be her proper young lady.  Papi wants me to be ignorable and silent.  Twin and Caridad want me to be good so I don’t attract attention.  God just wants me to behave so I can earn being alive.  And what about me?  What about Xiomara?”[3]  In a typical lament of adolescents, X is essentially asserting Popeye’s mantra that she is what she is, and she wants others to recognize and accept that. 

In the course of the book, X tangles with almost everyone around her except for Twin and Caridad.  She fights with her mother over her mother’s efforts to control her and confine her to conventional behavior.  She is hectored by her father who is continually angry with her about anything and everything, especially her nonconformity.  She has crises of religious faith and argues with her priest. 

These are problems with which most adolescent readers can readily identify in their own quests for identity and respect, both self-respect and the respect of others.  In this book, almost all of them are portrayed as struggles to gain independence and stop being dependent on others.  The situation is couched in terms of controlling oneself versus being controlled by others.  Interdependence – working in cooperation with others – doesn’t appear to be an option, and that is my problem with the book.  

The Story.  In the beginning, X says she wants nothing more than to be left alone.  “Every day I wish I could just become a disappearing act,” she moans.[4]  But she isn’t left alone and really does not want to be.  She likes sitting on the front stoop of the apartment building in which her family lives.  She claims to find freedom sitting still on the front stoop.  “There is freedom in choosing to sit and be still when everything is always telling me to move, move fast.”[5]  But sitting on the stoop only makes her more conspicuous – she is in the way of people going in and out – so that people can’t help seeing her, talking with her, and often telling her to move. 

The underlying reality is that X wants to be somebody and something, and she wants to be noticed for who and what she thinks she is.  The storyline of the book describes her maturation as a person and a writer, and her coming of age as a poet.  Her development proceeds in stages as she moves from angry and introverted loser to exuberant and extroverted champion. 

In the first stage, X starts writing a diary which ostensibly becomes the book we are reading.  And she increasingly writes it in poetry.  As her diary writing proceeds, she develops her ability to express herself.  Her goal is self-expression and to show in words what she is.  

Meanwhile, one of her teachers, who runs a poetry club in X’s high school, repeatedly asks and encourages X to join the club.  X is for a long time unwilling to join the club because she thinks her writing is not good enough and she doesn’t want to expose herself as a loser.  But X shows some of her poems to Caridad and Twin, and they like them.  Eventually X gives in to her teacher’s badgering and attends a club meeting. 

X reads some of her poetry to the group and is flattered by the reaction of the students and her teacher.  The teacher smiles and the rest of the group follow suit.  “And everyone smiles,” X exclaims in her diary, “because they know that means I killed it.”[6]  “Killed it” is a phrase used by X throughout the book to denote success.  It is in common usage these days among young people.  It means that she is the winner.  That she has dominated. 

X feels the power of her words and power over her audience.  She celebrates to herself: “My little words feel important, for just a moment.  This is a feeling I could get addicted to.”  She is in essence on a power trip and it feels good to her.[7]

X has become a more social being but not a more cooperative person.  Although she has joined a poetry group, poetry has not become a cooperative activity for her.  The group is essentially a collection of individual poets who recite their poems to each other, and receive support from the group for their efforts, but do not work together in any significant way.  There are other formats for writing groups in which people do work together, for example, starting their work with common topic prompts and critiquing each other’s writing.  

Such groups are cooperative rather than merely collective, and people collaborate with each other in some significant way.  The group becomes something of a joint venture in support of each person’s individuality, and everyone can feel some sense of achievement in a colleague’s success.  When I was in high school many long years ago, I participated in a creative writing class that operated in this way.  It was great.  X’s group does not work that way. 

The story of X’s coming of age as a poet proceeds from X’s willingness to expose her poetry to others in the poetry club to her willingness to submit herself and her poetry at an open-mic poetry event.  At an open-mic event, people read their poetry but there is no group discussion or public reaction to the poems.  A poet can, however, get a sense of the audience’s reaction from the way they listen, and can get some comments from people after the event. 

X is very nervous before the open-mic event, but she overcomes her nervousness and performs well.  The audience seems to appreciate her work.  Afterword, Twin says “You killed that shit.”  And she says to herself “I can’t wait to do this again.”  Again, it’s her power over the audience that is the key to her feeling of success.[8]

In the course of the story, while she is struggling with her poetic self-confidence, X gets romantically involved with a young man and seemingly becomes dependent on his emotional support.  But she breaks up with him when he stands by without doing anything as she is being sexually assaulted.  She concludes from his failure to stand up for her that she must be able to stand up for herself and not depend on anyone else: “Because no one will ever take care of me but me.”[9]  Independence becomes her credo. 

Finally, X gains enough self-confidence and is sufficiently motivated by ambition to enter a poetry slam competition.  A poetry slam is a competition organized into elimination rounds to determine who is ostensibly the best poet.  Poets compete head-to-head in each round, with the winner going on to the next round and the loser going home.  The winners of each round and the final winner are determined by the reaction of the audience.  Members of the audience are supposed to cheer poems they like and boo poems they don’t like.  It can be a brutal experience.

While most people think of poetry as an artform that promotes the peaceful contemplation of beauty, and inspires thought-provoking and emotion-provoking meditations, slams turn poetry into a form of aggression, a weapon to be used to defeat one’s opponent.     

X feels ready “to slam” because she feels that her words “connect with people”[10]  In this context, “connecting” means her ability to get people to applaud her poetry and reject her opponents’ poems.  X wins the slam and sees herself as a winner.  Winning is her identity, and it is her ability to defeat others that in the context of this book is the sign of her maturation and coming of age.  The story promotes a paradigmatic individualistic message, and X is presented in this way as a role model for other young people to emulate. 

X’s own conclusion, and the last words in book, is that her maturation has been the result of “learning to believe in the power of my own words.”[11]  Power is the key word here.  X has been on a power trip, and like Popeye, she has ultimately asserted that she is what she is, and has forced other people to recognize it.  She is the winner.  At least until the beginning of the next slam poetry competition when she will once again have to fight for her identity.  Ad infinitum.

The story has a happy ending that is not quite believable and, if believed, is not laudable.  X inexplicably gets back with her undependable boyfriend, seemingly a testament to her independence.  Then her mother, father, priest, and boyfriend all rally around her and rejoice along with Twin and Caridad when X wins the poetry slam.  All the people who have been on X’s x-list are suddenly behind her now that she is a winner and she has established her independence of them.[12]  Winning is everything in the individualist world and that is X’s world.

But what are we to think of all the poets who did not win the slam?  And what are they supposed to think of themselves?  Losers all?  Given that in any competition there can be only one winner, and the great majority of competitors lose, is it healthy to convey to insecure adolescents in a book such as this that winning is the only way to be someone?   

The Moral of the Story.   “Me,” “me,” and more “me” permeate the book.  Granted that a story in the form of a diary is going to include a lot about the diarist, The Poet X is at the self-centered extreme of such stories.  X even admits that she is unusually self-centered.  She notes that almost all of the other poet slammers include social and political issues in their poems.  Not her, she says, “the thing is, all my poems are personal.”[13]  I am what I am and that is all I am.    

But it does not have to be that way.  There are plenty of coming-of-age stories for adolescent readers that are in diary form and that are not so self-centered as The Poet X.  Kathryn Lasky’s Dreams in the Golden Country is an example.

Dreams in the Golden Country: We’re all in this together.

Dreams in the Golden Country by Kathryn Laskey is a coming-of-age story about an adolescent Russian Jewish girl who immigrates to America in the early 1900’s.[14]  Laskey is an award-winning author of books for young people.  Published in 1998, Dreams is written in the form of the girl’s diary.  It is part of the Dear America series of fictional diaries of adolescents who supposedly lived in different times, places and circumstances during American history.

The Dear America books are highly regarded and have been widely used in middle school and high school American history classes.  The books serve at least two important purposes.  First: they portray for students the ways in which ordinary people lived.  It is a way of teaching history from the bottom up, focusing on common people and common experiences as a complement to the usual way of teaching history through focusing on major events and major historical figures.  It is also a way of appealing to students who might be able to identify with diarists who are young like themselves and who are just ordinary people like themselves.

Second, the books portray the ways in which adolescents came of age in different historical circumstances.  First-person historical fiction of this sort can help young readers see themselves and their own struggles with adolescence in perspective.  Comparing and contrasting their present-day problems and conditions with those of adolescents in past times and different places can help young readers understand the choices they face and the consequences of those choices. 

Literature of this sort also encourages readers to adopt both an insider’s perspective and an outsider’s perspective on the events being portrayed in the book.  Readers are encouraged to identify with the diarists as fellow adolescents but also distance themselves from the diarists as having lived in the past.  Readers can, thereby, adopt an inside perspective on the diarist’s situation as a fellow adolescent and an outside perspective as a person of the present day. 

This inside-outside perspective is an approach to events that can be helpful in dealing with a reader’s own problems.  Adopting an inside view of a situation and an outside view at the same time can be a key to understanding the situation and making good choices in dealing with it.  And reading fiction that encourages readers to take insider and outsider views of events can help readers to see their own situations in the same way. 

The Backdrop of the Story.  In Dreams in the Golden Country, the diarist, Zipporah Feldman, nicknamed Zippy, is a Russian Jewish girl who has emigrated with her family to the United States in 1903.  She is twelve years old at the beginning of the book.  Her family has left Russia to escape violent attacks on Jews that were being promoted by the Czarist government. 

Large numbers of Russian and Polish Jews came to America at this time, as did large numbers of poor immigrants from other Eastern and Southern European countries.  Almost all of these immigrants settled in major American cities where they worked in sweatshop factories or as day laborers.  Zippy and her family settle on the Lower East Side of Manhattan in New York City, which was a haven for immigrants and a major center of garment industry sweat shops. 

The early twentieth century was a time of significant change in American society.  The country was absorbing an influx of poor immigrants, struggling to manage rapidly growing cities, and trying to adapt to an industrial economy.  American cities were conglomerations of foreign immigrants and American migrants.  Most of them were peasants and farmers who had to adjust to each other’s differences, to living in close urban quarters, and to working in factories. 

The United States in the early twentieth century was a steaming stewpot of ethnicities, races and religions, a stewpot in the sense of being a mixture of different peoples all trying to develop a common identity as Americans while, at the same time, retaining some cultural identity with their national origins.  

The setup of Zippy’s story has some similarities with X’s but also some very important differences in the directions the stories take.  Both Zippy and X are from immigrant families and belong to minority ethnicities, and both face adversity as a result.  Both also have mothers who are strict religious traditionalists, and they struggle to get free of their mothers’ control.  And both are outcasts at school, but with different implications.  X overcomes her troubles through establishing herself a winner.  Zippy overcomes hers through establishing herself as a helper.

The Story.  Zippy’s diary records the ways she and her family adjusted to their new life.  The diary reports on her first year and a half in America as she learns English, makes new friends from different ethnic and religious backgrounds, goes to public school, works at different neighborhood jobs, and watches the behavior of her parents and her sisters as they develop their new selves in their new world.  As Zippy observes the people and the society around, her diary reveals her maturing awareness of the changes in her family, her circumstances and herself.   

When the book opens, Zippy, her mother and her two older sisters are joining her father who had preceded them to America in order to find work and a place to live.  Her father, whom she calls Papai, had been a well-known concert violinist in Russia.  In America, he can find only menial work in a sweat shop garment factory.

Zippy’s mother, Mama, is a strictly Orthodox Jewish housewife who is upset by what she sees as the laxity in religious practices and outright secularism among Jews she sees in New York.  She is outraged when her husband and her two older daughters become less observant, and she repeatedly berates her husband about this.

Zippy at first just watches the family dispute, but she eventually joins her siblings and father in abandoning some old-world religious customs as a means of becoming more American.  She comes to see that her mother is afraid of changes because they might undermine her power in the family.  To assuage her fears, Papa buys his wife a sewing machine to give her something to do and they all praise her work.  “You are much better with a needle than I am” Papa tells her, and eventually she relents to some of the changes in her family.[15]

Zippy’s older sisters Tovah and Miriam are seventeen and fifteen respectively.  It’s Zippy’s diary but the story is as much about her big sisters and how they navigate adolescence as it is about her.  Unlike Zippy who goes to school, they both go to work in the garment factory with Papa.  Each takes a different path to growing up and offers a different role model for readers. 

Tovah, with whom we readers are seemingly expected to sympathize, is rebellious.  She wants to become completely Americanized, and she becomes involved in labor union organizing and socialist political activities.  Mama opposes these things, and Zippy tries to negotiate between her sister, whom she deeply admires, and her mother, whom she deeply loves.  With Zippy’s help, Mama eventually comes to terms with Tovah’s politics.[16]

Miriam is quietly rebellious in a different way.  She begins dating a Christian boy.  Mama is apoplectic about this.  When Miriam marries him, Mama declares Miriam to be dead in her eyes, says prayers for the dead for Miriam, and gets rid of all of Miriam’s things.  Zippy initially sympathizes with Mama’s objection to the marriage, but is shocked by her mother’s harsh response to it.  Over time, Zippy comes to accept and then approve of the marriage.[17]

Since Zippy does not initially know English, she is put into a class at school with seven-year-olds.  She is deeply embarrassed and ashamed about this.  But she practices English by teaching it to her mother, and by the end of the school year, she is back up to grade level.  Unlike X who felt good when she was able to excel over her colleagues, Zippy feels good that she can now fit in with her classmates.[18] 

In the same vein, Zippy records her interest in neighborhood, city-wide, national and international events. instead of focusing, like X, on herself and things that affect her personally. Unlike X who starts with herself and then discusses others and issues in relation to herself, Zippy starts with others and with issues, and then discusses herself in relation to them.  It is the difference between self-centered individualism and cooperative individuality.

Zippy writes a lot about conflicts as does X.  Conflict is a staple of adolescent life.  But, unlike X who focuses almost entirely on personal conflicts, Zippy records and seeks to understand social conflicts involving others.  She writes about conflicts between different ethnic groups, such as Irish Catholics against Russian Jews, and conflicts within ethnic groups, such Northern Irish against Southern Irish, [19] and German Jews against Russian Jews[20]

 She writes about conflicts over whether and to what extent immigrants should assimilate, such as Jews becoming less orthodox so that they can work and live with other Americans.  She writes about conflicts over interreligious marriages such as those between Jews and Christians.  And she writes about class conflicts between bosses and workers. 

Zippy struggles to understand these conflicts.  She is torn between her mother’s primary identification as Jewish and as a member of “The Chosen People” and Tovah’s primary identification as American.  Zippy reconciles her desire to maintain a Jewish identity while also becoming American with the conclusion that it is OK “to feel chosen, as Mama says, but not superior.”  That is, it is OK to feel special as a Jew while recognizing the specialness of other peoples, and to welcome the specialness that all peoples share in common. 

In this regard, Zippy seems to endorse the idea of America as a stewpot in which different peoples can cooperate together, maintaining their separate ethnic identities while sharing a common identity as Americans.  E pluribus unum.  She seems to endorse the idea of individuality, in which each person makes a unique contribution to the group, as opposed to individualism in which each person tries to dominates over others.[21]

Toward the end of the book, Zippy goes to work at the Hebrew Immigrant Aide Society which helps immigrants become settled in the United States.  It is an example of how Zippy finds herself by helping others.[22] 

The Moral of the Story.   Whereas “me’ was the operative term for X, “we” is the operative term for Zippy.  Zippy’s story has a happy ending that is too good to be believable but is not harmful to the message of the book.  Zippy does some clerical work at a local Yiddish theater and parlays that into a small part in a play.  After Zippy’s first acting performance, the whole family, including Miriam and her Christian husband, reunite and celebrate together.  All is forgiven and seemingly forgotten.[23] 

And the whole family does well in America.  Zippy’s father is discovered by a touring Russian orchestra, is invited to play with the orchestra in a concert, and parlays his success in that performance into a job as a music teacher and part-time concert violinist.[24]  Tovah becomes a big-time union leader in the International Ladies Garment Workers Union and a political activist.[25]  Miriam has a happy marriage and her mother loves her Christian son-in-law.[26]  Zippy continues in the theatre and eventually becomes a famous actress and an avid philanthropist.[27] 

Happily ever after.  A stretch, but it is after all a story for young people, and it is an ending that reinforces the moral of the story: the importance of individuality and cooperation.

The Moral of this Essay.

Unlike many other animals, humans are not equipped to live individualistically by themselves.  Rhinoceroses, for example, are solitary creatures who come together only for purposes of mating and otherwise survive and thrive on their own.  Lions, on the other hand, need to band together for purposes of hunting, being individually very poor hunters.  Humans are like lions in this regard and need to band together in order to survive, let alone thrive. 

It is also the case that unlike many other animals, humans do not naturally conserve the environment in which they live.  Gorillas, for example, are vegetarians who forage for food.  They consume the vegetation in a place and then move on to another place nearby.  But they leave behind them feces that contain undigested seeds.  These fertilized seeds grow into more vegetation, replenishing what the gorillas have eaten.  Gorillas generally travel about a half-mile per day in search of vegetation and make a big circle in the course of a year, eventually coming back to where they started. When they have returned, there is new vegetation for them to eat, vegetation that they effectively planted the year before.  Gorillas are foragers but also farmers and conservationists. 

Rabbits, on the other hand, will breed and consume themselves to self-destruction in Malthusian terms if not thwarted.  They do not replenish the environment that sustains them.  Humans seem by nature to be individually irresponsible like rabbits, but collectively they have been able to thrive and conserve their environment when they have cooperated.  The moral seems to be that individuality through cooperation is the key to the success of humanity and the survival of the environment in which humans have thrived. 

Adolescence should be a time of teaching social skills and social cooperation to young people, not a time of encouraging egotistical individualism.  That is why I think books like Dreams in the Golden Country are preferable to those like The Poet X.       

BW 11/21


[1] Erik Erikson Identity: Youth and Crisis. New York: W.W. Norton & Co., 1968.

[2] Elizabeth Acevedo. The Poet X.  New York: HarperTeen, 2018.

[3]  Acevedo. P.333.

[4]  Acevedo. P.250. 

[5]  Acevedo. P. 247.

[6] Acevedo. P. 286.

[7]  Acevedo. P.259.

[8] Acevedo. P. 279-280).

[9] Acevedo. P. 219.

[10] Acevedo. P.287.

[11]  Acevedo. P.357.

[12] Acevedo. Pp. 252-255.

[13] Acevedo. P. 344.

[14] Kathryn Laskey.  Dreams in the Golden Country. New York: Scholastic, Inc., 1998.

[15] Laskey. Pp.8, 35, 39.

[16] Laskey. P.79.

[17] Laskey. Pp.111-113.

[18] Laskey. Pp. 22, 42, 130.

[19] Laskey. P. 17.

[20] Laskey. Pp.22, 32, 75.

[21] Laskey. P.62.

[22] Laskey. P.111.

[23] Laskey. Pp. 150-151.

[24] Laskey. P.132.

[25] Laskey. P.153.

[26] Laskey. P.151.

[27] Laskey. P.143.

Social Darwinism in the stories of Robert Louis Stevenson. “Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde,” “The Wrong Box,” “Treasure Island,” and “Kidnapped.” Promoting knee-jerk right-wing reactions to social problems.

Social Darwinism in the stories of Robert Louis Stevenson.

Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde, The Wrong Box, Treasure Island, and Kidnapped.

Promoting knee-jerk right-wing reactions to social problems.

Burton Weltman

The (im)moral of the story?

Story #1.  An adolescent boy, whose father has recently died, joins with some adult men to search for stolen loot.  The boy’s father was a man of property and his colleagues are the pillars of the community. The boy and his colleagues battle a gang of villainous lower-class criminals who are after the same loot.  In the course of the adventure, the boy takes irresponsible risks that endanger himself and his colleagues, but they luckily turn out all right. 

Treachery abounds and trust is in short supply except among his immediate colleagues.  The boy is repeatedly faced with fearful fight or flight situations.  Gut reaction rather than reasoned choice prevails.  The boy and his colleagues defeat the bad guys and get the loot.  Instead of turning it over to the authorities or trying to return it to its rightful owners, they split it up among themselves and become rich men.

Story #2.  An adolescent boy is orphaned and goes to live with his uncle.  The uncle is worried the boy might make claims on his property, so the uncle has the boy kidnapped, ostensibly to be taken to America and left there.  The boy escapes and spends weeks wandering through the Highlands of Scotland with a nobleman who is a traitor and a murderer, and who is on the lam from the law.

It is a bleak and impoverished land in which the boy can trust no one except his colleague, and everyone seems to be on the make against everyone else.  The boy is repeatedly faced with fearful fight or flight situations.  Gut reaction rather than reasoned choice prevails.  In the end, he makes his way back to his uncle and coerces his uncle into giving him some property.

These are the basic plots of Treasure Island and Kidnapped, two children’s stories by Robert Louis Stevenson.  In each story, an orphaned or fatherless boy of genteel stock, who is essentially on his own, joins with members of the upper classes on an adventure in which the goal of the boy is to become wealthy.  In both stories, the boy and his colleagues must battle lower-class rabble and vicious ruffians in a zero-sum, survival-of-the-strongest world in which no one can be trusted except one’s closest colleagues.  In both stories, the boy goes with his gut reactions and acts in irresponsible ways that turn out all right.  In the end, the boy demonstrates unusual pluck and courage, saves his adult colleagues from the bad guys, and gets his wealth. 

Written by Stevenson in the late nineteenth-century, these novels are classic adventure stories, still popular today, and models for a whole genre of similar stories since.  The stories are exciting and appealing, particularly to their intended audience of adolescent boys.  Their young heroes are intended as models for adolescent readers, whose dreams are likely filled with going on dangerous adventures, doing irresponsible things that turn out well, and enjoying success in besting adult villains. 

But what should young readers think about these stories and others like them?  What is the moral of the stories?  What attitudes toward themselves, people and society will young readers take from them?  Stories such as these provide young readers with models of how to think about the world, respond to problems in the world, and make the choices they have to make.  What do these stories teach their readers?  

I am concerned with the world views – attitudes toward people and ideologies about society – that are conveyed in stories.  The attitudes and ideologies embedded in stories can influence the way in which readers understand, react and respond to the world.  Views embedded in stories can challenge readers’ views of the world and induce them to think rationally about things, or can promote prejudices and emotional reactions that frequently run counter to rational thinking. 

I am most concerned about the ideologies embedded in children’s stories, ideologies that young readers might absorb without realizing it and that might promote ingrained prejudices, prejudices that could surface during their adult lives as knee-jerk reactions to social issues.  If an author’s views are not explained, examined and critiqued, young readers are liable to accept and absorb that author’s ideas even though they may not be right or reasonable.  The stories that children read can have lasting effects on their ideas and actions when they become adults.  

The import of this essay is that the ideologies that underlie children’s stories are generally not examined at all and are almost never explained to children, and the failure to do these things contributes to confusion about the world in children’s minds and to political conflict in the country.  The conflicts between liberals and right-wingers, Blue States and Red States, Democrats and Republicans are often presaged in children’s stories.      

What makes Robert Louis Stevenson particularly worthy of discussion in this regard is that he wrote stories for both adults and children, his political views are clearly embedded in his stories, and his political intentions toward children can be seen.  The way in which Stevenson insinuated his adult messages into his children’s stories is particularly instructive.  Stevenson makes for a good example of the general problem of the ideological implications of children’s stories.

Full disclosure: I am a self-styled liberal and I am disturbed by the right-wing political implications of so many children’s stories and their reflection in American culture.  I believe they contribute to the illiberal ideology that is so widespread in our country, and to the political confusion and conflict that result from harboring an illiberal ideology in a liberal society. 

Stevenson was politically on the right and this essay treats his coupling of right-wing ideology with fascinating stories such as Treasure Island and Kidnapped as something that parents and teachers need to recognize and help their young readers to understand.  The moral of this essay is to encourage young people to read stories such as these but then to examine and understand what it is that the authors are trying to convey in the stories. 

Definitions: Liberal, Conservative, Right-Wing.

For purposes of this essay, I define liberals as people who favor increasing public health and welfare services, increasing governmental regulation in the public interest of the economy and the environment, and increasing governmental efforts toward racial, ethnic and gender equality.  Liberals generally trace their origins back to the philosopher John Locke and the eighteenth-century European Enlightenment.  Their social goals can be summed up in a phrase coined by the eighteenth-century Scottish philosopher Frances Hutcheson and incorporated into the American Declaration of Independence as “life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness.”    

I define conservatives as people who generally favor maintaining the social status quo for fear of the chaos that might result from social change.  The origins of conservatism can be traced back to the eighteenth-century English politician Edmund Burke who contended that people are too short-sighted to appreciate what might happen in the long run when they undertake social change.  His concern for the unintended undesirable consequences of social change has long been a main argument of conservatives against social reform. 

I define right-wingers as people who want to get rid of most governmental services, regulations and social reforms.  While generally favoring a strong police state to keep in check the undesirable portions of our population, invariably defined as the country’s racial and ethnic minorities, they claim to want to restore the country to an idealized imaginary past in which there was ostensibly more of what they call freedom, but which in the United States was really just the predominance of white, Anglo-Saxon Protestants over Blacks and everyone else. 

Unlike conservatives who are concerned about the unintended consequences of the actions of do-gooders, right-wingers are concerned about the intended consequences of do-gooder actions which they claim are inherently tainted with evil.  They claim that the subtext and real purpose of do-gooder government regulations and social programs is tyrannical government control over everyone and the elimination of individual freedom.  

Right-wingers emphasize cultural values such as religion, race, and ethnicity, to which they react emotionally and adamantly.  They deemphasize political institutions and political values such as democracy or the rule of law, which call for reasoned and pragmatic responses.  They invariably see their cultural values as endangered and are willing to do anything to save them. 

Presenting Problem: An Illiberal Ideology in a Liberal Society.

The United States was founded during the eighteenth century as a liberal country with a pro-social political theory and political structure, and largely remains so to the present day.  But Americans gravitated during the nineteenth century toward an ideology that is illiberal and anti-social, and that largely underlays our culture to the present day.  The clash between the country’s liberal founding theory and political structure, on the one hand, and the country’s illiberal underlying ideology and culture, on the other, has since then been a continual source of confusion and conflict.  It has been most evident in the triumph of Trumpism in recent years.

In The Declaration of Independence, the Founders proclaimed a political theory based on people’s rights to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness which, in the context of the times, meant the ability to develop one’s individuality through participating with others in society.  The Constitution then established a political structure in which people could exercise their rights through mutual respect and cooperation with each other.  The Declaration and the Constitution incorporate a liberal theory and a liberal practice that reflected the eighteenth-century Enlightenment, and that encourage the use of shared reason and common sense to pragmatically and cooperatively resolve social problems.

Conflicting with this founding theory and structure is an illiberal and anti-social ideology that stemmed in large part from reactionary elements of the Romantic movement of the early nineteenth century.  Romanticism emphasized culture, race, ethnicity and religion as more important than political structures, and relied on emotion over reason.  Romantics combined an emphasis on elite culture with a disdain of the working class that arose with the industrial revolution.  This elitism was, in turn, fueled by racism and ethnocentrism that worsened with the massive immigration to the United States of Irish and other non-WASP peoples, the continued enslavement of African Americans, and the ongoing brutal conquest of Native Americans. 

It is an ideology that promotes freedom and individualism as opposed to the liberty and individuality fostered by the Founders.  In the nomenclature of the Founders, freedom means being able to do whatever one wants irrespective of society, whereas liberty means the right to make choices within a social framework.  Individualism means the cult of oneself by and for oneself, whereas individuality means developing oneself in cooperation with others.  The Founders favored a pro-social ideology. 

Unlike the ideology of the Founders, this underlying individualist ideology portrays society as a constraint on the self rather than as a source of opportunities to develop oneself.  And it is a view that sees others, and especially others who are different than the self, as a threat to one’s freedom rather than as comrades in a joint exercise of liberty.  It encourages an attitude of every man for himself – me against the world – and of the superior people against the inferior people – us against them.  And, unlike the theory and practice promoted by the Founders, this ideology focuses on personal feelings and emotional reactions to problems – going with one’s gut – rather than on reason. 

Illiberal nineteenth-century American ideology was promoted by influential segments of the social and economic elite of that time and, with the continued support of the successors of that elite, continues to the present day to predominate in the mass media and the general American culture.  It is absorbed by children from their earliest ages in stories such as those by Stevenson.  Unexamined acceptance of the views in these stories contributes to the illiberal ideological prejudices that lurk below the surface of most Americans’ minds, and that contribute to the erratic nature of American politics. 

Prologue: Be aware and beware of what your children are reading.

The thesis of this essay is that the children’s stories of Robert Louis Stevenson, Treasure Island and Kidnapped in particular, convey right-wing political attitudes that young readers are liable to absorb as they blithely enjoy Stevenson’s adventure stories, stories that feature adolescents with whom they can identify.  Stevenson was a right-winger politically and continues to be a hero to right-wing libertarian ideologists.  He wrote stories for both adults and children and essentially transferred the right-wing sentiments he conveyed in adult novels such as Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde and The Wrong Box to his children’s books.[1]

Stevenson was a highly-regarded late nineteenth-century Scottish author.  His novels have remained popular to the present day and many of them, including the four discussed in this essay, have been made into popular movies.  Stevenson was part of the romantic movement in literature and was a disciple of the reactionary Scottish romantic Sir Walter Scott.  Stevenson had an acerbic wit characteristic of George Bernard Shaw, Oscar Wilde and other British authors of that age.  But, unlike them, he was politically on the right.  Also, unlike them, he wrote stories for adolescents as well as adults.  These stories are generally considered innocent tales of derring-do with young heroes.  But there is more to them and that more is the subject of this essay. 

Children’s literature has been a politically contested terrain for most of the last two hundred years.  Liberals such as Charles Dickens, L.M. Montgomery, and Dr. Seuss, and right-wingers such as Stevenson, Laura Ingalls Wilder, and Walt Disney, have all tried to convey social and political messages to children through their books.  Bluntly put, these authors have tried to politically indoctrinate kids.  While story books are not likely by themselves to politically indoctrinate kids, stories can play an important part in the development of their attitudes.

Psychologists have demonstrated that attitudes adopted by people in childhood can stay with them throughout their adult lives without their even being aware of it.  When adults are forced to face a critical issue, these childhood attitudes can come to the fore and become the basis of knee-jerk ideological responses that may defy reason, rational analysis, and reliable evidence.  Childhood prejudices, literally prejudgments that are subconsciously held, can determine people’s responses to issues, almost despite themselves.[2]  The importance of stories like those of Stevenson lies in the way they help form attitudes in children that may emerge in the form of knee-jerk illiberal and irrational responses to social issues when they become adults. 

Trump voters: A Consequence of Illiberal Ideology in a Liberal Society.

I am writing this essay in December, 2020.  We have just finished a national election in the United States which seemed to demonstrate how politically divided Americans are between liberals, conservatives, and right-wingers. 

Although liberals came out ahead in a close Presidential race in the recent election, right-wingers did well in Congressional and local government races.  Conservatives were essentially side-lined.  For liberals like myself, it was a glass half-full/half-empty result, with most of us aghast at how many people voted for Donald Trump and his Republican supporters.  While the Democrat Joe Biden received some eighty-one million votes, Trump got some seventy-four million, almost half of the electorate.  It is hard for us liberals to understand how so many people could have chosen Trump.  But it may be understandable as a result of the underlying knee-jerk right-wing ideology with which most people in this country have been bombarded since childhood.

Trump appeals to the racism and bigotry of his supporters, who cherish what they claim as their sacred rights to discriminate against others whom they see as different than themselves, to use guns against others whom they see as a threat to themselves, and to impose their religious views on others.  Constitutional requirements, laws and legal procedures, the rights of others, even common decency, count for nothing in the defense of their sacred cultural rights.  And Trump has flouted all of these principles with their support. 

An Irony of American Politics: Red States, Blue States, and the Political Stakes.

We have in the United States what are called Red States and Blue States.  Red States are the more right-wing areas of the country, predominantly made up of rural areas and small towns, and areas that have been politically gerrymandered in favor of the rural and small-town parts of a state.  These states are politically controlled by the Republican Party. 

Republicans generally oppose government economic and social programs and regulations, which they claim stifle economic growth.  They also favor low taxes, particularly on big businesses and wealthy people who are considered the engines of economic growth.  They especially oppose Federal government economic programs for the poor and social programs for minority groups, denigrating these programs as handouts for lay-abouts and as discrimination against hardworking Americans.  Demographically, Red State residents are mainly white, evangelical Protestants, and Red State Republicans think of people like themselves as the desired norm.

Blue States are more liberal and are predominantly urban.  These states are politically controlled by the Democratic Party.  Democrats generally support government social and economic programs and regulations that are intended to help the lower and middle classes, protect the environment, and eliminate invidious discrimination against minorities and women.  They favor taxes on big business and the wealthy to pay for these things.  Theirs is more of an all-for-one-one for-all ethic, as opposed to the Red State individualistic ethic.  Demographically, Blue States are generally diverse ethnically, racially, culturally and religiously, and Blue State Democrats think of this diversity as normal and desirable. 

Red States are generally poorer than Blue States.  Their residents are on average also less educated, less healthy, and generally more in need of government help than residents of Blue States.  Red states invariably get back from the Federal government more money in economic support than they pay to the Federal government.  That is, Red States are essentially supported by the largesse of the wealthier Blue States and the willingness of liberal Blue State citizens to support the well-being of their Red State brethren.  This seems appropriate since the root meaning of the word liberal is generous.   But what Blue State liberals generally get back in return is vitriol and hatred from their Red State brethren. 

And here comes the irony.  Right-wing Red State Republicans vehemently oppose the very social and economic programs and taxes that they depend on for survival.  Theirs is not a rational political stance.  It is an ideological and emotional reaction rather than a pragmatic or programmatic response.  And therein lies a big political problem.

America’s Bi-Polar Politics and Why We Should Care about Stories like Stevenson’s.

One of the conclusions that can be drawn from the recent election and from the split between Red States and Blue States is that the American polity seems to be schizophrenic or bi-polar.  Slightly more than half of the voting public leans to the near left. Slightly less than half leans to the far right.  And, according to most of the mass media and many politicians, there seems to be no way for the twain to meet.  Liberals and right-wingers, they say, live in two different worlds with two different realities. 

But I would like to suggest otherwise: what divides many Americans is the way they respond to social problems depending on how those problems are presented to them.  The way problems are framed seems to be key for a large percentage of the populace as to whether they will respond rationally, pragmatically and liberally, or will react irrationally, emotionally and retrogressively.  Strictly speaking, Americans are not rigidly divided between those who favor liberal policies and those who favor as right-wing policies.  About a third of the people seem to be hard-core liberals.  About a third are hard-core right-wingers.  But about a third of Americans seem to be split within themselves between a liberal self and a right-wing self.  Which self comes to the fore depends on how social issues are framed. 

Social scientists over the last one-hundred years have noted a significant difference in the way many Americans respond to social problems depending on whether the problems are presented in emotional and ideological terms or in pragmatic and programmatic terms.  Asked about a social problem in ideological and emotional terms, they are likely to give a right-wing answer.  Asked in pragmatic and programmatic terms, they are likely to give a liberal answer.[3] 

For example, if Americans are asked whether they support government regulation of business or social welfare for people who won’t work, most will say “No.”  This answer reflects right-wing ideological opposition to government regulations and government handouts in general, and support for laissez-faire policies that require people to stand on their own two feet. In right-wing ideology this constitutes a moral stance in favor of self-reliance and individual responsibility.  Right-wing ideology puts the blame for social problems on the misbehavior of individuals, and the blame for economic failure on an individual’s lack of character.

Self-reliant individualism is the cornerstone of right-wing ideology, and it is also widely considered a cornerstone of American ethics.  Individualism is deeply embedded and pervasive in American culture.  It is ingrained in Americans starting at an early age and continuing throughout our lives.  Having been indoctrinated in the ethic of individualistic self-reliance, Americans are likely to give automatic right-wing answers when asked ideological questions such as whether the government should support the poor.  The right-wing knee-jerk reaction is that the poor should display self-reliance rather than get help from the government.       

But if Americans are asked specific questions about social problems that call for practical responses, most will generally respond in a reasoned and liberal way.  For example, when asked whether they support restrictions against companies spewing toxic chemicals into drinking water or programs giving poor people money to keep children from starving, most will say “Yes.”   In sum, if you ask Americans to react to an ideological issue, most will recoil to the right.  If you ask them to respond pragmatically, most will reason themselves to the left.

This social science finding is itself consistent with liberal thinking.  Liberal ideology emphasizes that people’s circumstances people are a major factor in how they will think and act.  Good conditions will promote good behavior.  Bad conditions will promote bad behavior.  Liberals, as a consequence, tend to promote changing conditions in order to help people become their better selves.  In promoting governmental efforts to improve the conditions in which people live, liberal ideology constitutes an alternative moral stance to the right-wing ethic of self-reliance. 

Liberalism is also a stance that encourages practical solutions to social problems.  It promotes the sort of reasoned response we are expected to give to problems we encounter in school, at work, and in our daily lives.  Having adopted a pragmatic way of thinking when dealing with practical problems in daily life, people who otherwise espouse right-wing ideology will often respond in a pragmatic way when asked social questions of a practical nature and will, in turn, give liberal answers to those questions.  That is, many of the same people who have a knee-jerk right-wing ideological reaction to broad questions about government regulations and welfare programs will give a pragmatic liberal response when asked about these same things in programmatic terms.

The net result is that many, and perhaps most, Americans have split political personalities and bi-polar political psyches.  When encouraged to react immediately, emotionally, and ideologically, they tend to react with their brain stems, home of the “fright then fight or flight” reaction, and go in a right-wing direction.  When encouraged to respond carefully, considerately, and calculatingly, they tend to respond with their cerebral cortexes, the home base of humans’ reasoning and rationality, and go in a liberal direction. 

Applying this tendency historically, when an election campaign has been primarily contested on broad ideological grounds or on a fearmongering emotional basis, the right-wing side has usually won.  If the campaign has been primarily contested on a pragmatic problem-solving basis, the liberal side has usually won.  Democrats usually win when policy is at issue.  Republicans usually win when ideology is at issue. 

Given the predominance of right-wing ideology in American culture and in our psyches, liberals cannot win an ideological battle in this country.  Ideology goes to the right.  But reason goes to the left and liberals can win contests that are based on facts, reason, and practical policies. The last two presidential races that featured the fear-mongering and right-wing ideological appeals of Donald Trump and the Republican Party, and the mid-term election of 2018 that featured the programmatic appeals of the Democrats, exemplify this situation.

The Democrats won the mid-term election handily.  Pragmatic reasoning prevailed.  The Republicans won the 2016 election and although they narrowly lost the 2020 presidential contest, Trump made it unexpectedly close and Republicans did unexpectedly well in Congressional races and in state legislative races.  And they did this despite Trump’s overwhelmingly awful policies and personal behavior.  His race-baiting and fear-mongering countered and almost overcame the pragmatic appeals of the Democrats.  Controlling the nature of the debate seems to be a key to which part of our national psyche will win out and which party will win elections.

But as the closeness and mixed outcome of the recent election shows, trying to control the terms of the debate is not enough to ensure that reason will prevail.  It is not enough for liberals to run well-reasoned campaigns in order for rationality to prevail.  Ideology is too powerful to neglect.  While liberals cannot win an ideological contest, they need to blunt the effect of right-wing fearmongering and make it easier for appeals to pragmatic reason to succeed. 

So, it is important to try to undermine the underlying right-wing ideology by exposing it and examining its sources.  Not by merely opposing it and certainly not by banning it.  But by unearthing the prejudices that are at its base and critiquing the culture that conveys it.  Ideology can be influenced by thinking about the things that we take for granted, exposing the prejudices that are buried within them, and confronting them with facts and reasoning.  

Take, for example, Walt Disney’s Three Little Pigs, a story about child-size beings being threatened by a grownup-size predator.  In the story, a big black wolf tries to kill and eat three little pinkish pigs who are forced to use their wits to save themselves.  It is a very appealing story to little kids who live in a big world that they feel threatened by and do not understand. 

The ideological problem with this story is that wolves are almost never black and pigs are almost never pink.  As such, the story is embedded with racist implications against Blacks, and it promotes fear of others who might be different from the reader.  It is essentially an anti-social Social Darwinian tale.  And it is an ever-popular mainstay of children’s literature that is rarely examined for its political implications. 

Dr. Seuss, for one, responded to Disney’s racist messaging with stories such as Sneetches and Horton Hears a Who that preach the virtues of racial and ethnic diversity and cooperation.  While Dr. Seuss’ stories are designed to counterprogram children with a liberal ideology, a key difference between his stories and those of Disney and other right-wing storytellers is that Dr. Seuss’ stories are intended to provoke thought and debate, not merely indoctrination.  In his story The Cat in the Hat, for example, he sets up a moral dilemma and then ends the story with the question “Well what would you do?”  Dr. Seuss’ messages are intended to be analyzed and, if accepted, be accepted on the basis of reason not on prejudice or fear.[4] 

Because the right-wing messages conveyed in children’s literature are rarely exposed and examined, these stories can have the effect of implanting and reinforcing right-wing prejudices that children carry with them into adulthood — which is the purpose and point of my discussion of the stories of Robert Louis Stevenson.[5]              

Political Ideology of Robert Louis Stevenson: A Litterateur’s Social Darwinism.

Stevenson outlined his political philosophy in an article called “The Day After Tomorrow” that appeared in April, 1887, in the same decade as the four books being discussed herein.[6]  In it, he bemoaned that “we are all becoming Socialists without knowing it.”  That is, he claimed, Great Britain was slowly but surely being taken over by a creeping socialism which was leading to “a form of servitude most galling.”  Britain having adopted what was effectively universal male suffrage, he warned that the lower-class masses were busy regulating the freedom out of free enterprise.  Britain was evolving toward a “beneficent tyranny” that would reduce everyone to slavery and society to an “ant heap” of malingerers and mindless worker ants.

Stevenson insisted that socialism cannot work because its emphasis on equality and fraternity is inconsistent with human nature.  People are neither equal nor widely fraternal.  Jealousy, competition, and the desire for high risk and high rank are endemic to humans.  “Danger, enterprise, hope, the novel, the aleatory, is dearer to man than regular meals,” he claimed.  Equality and fraternity are fool’s fantasies because people will inevitably fight with each other for place and power.  All in all, Stevenson seemed to be saying that you can take the man out of the jungle but you cannot take the jungle out of the man. 

Stevenson’s political ideology was essentially a form of Social Darwinism.  Social Darwinism was a right-wing social and political doctrine that emerged in the late nineteenth century as a self-styled offshoot of Charles Darwin’s biological theory of evolution.  It is actually a misnomer to call this doctrine Social Darwinism since it is essentially anti-social and anti-Darwinian, but in adopting the name, right-wingers tried to give a scientific gloss to their unscientific ideas.

Social Darwinians essentially denied the existence of society and the sociability that we normally attribute to people in society.  They claimed that what we call society is merely a collection of individuals, all of whom are in continual conflict with each other.  In turn, they contended that life is a zero-sum game in which one person’s gain entails another person’s loss, and in which surviving and thriving are defined in terms of an individual’s wealth and power.

Social Darwinians ascribe the success of a person or a social group to their virtues.  Wealthy people are superior people who deserve to be rich and to rule.  Social Darwinians, in turn, ascribe the poverty of a person or a social group to their vices.  The poor deserve to be poor because they are inferior and it is their inferiority that makes them poor.  Trying to help them is a waste of resources, and taxing the rich to help the poor hurts the economy which hurts us all.[7] 

Darwin did not agree and he was not a Social Darwinian.  Darwin was relatively liberal in his politics and unlike the Social Darwinians who promoted individualism as the key to human success, Darwin argued that human sociability and humans’ aptitude for cooperation were keys to the survival and success of the human species. 

Stevenson was a self-styled Social Darwinian. Although few right-wingers today would call themselves Social Darwinians – Darwin and his theory of evolution being taboo among most right-wingers today – the doctrine has survived under the guise of populism which in its current form is essentially an appeal to the popular prejudices of the white majority.  And it is the core of right-wing ideology in America.[8]

Ideology in Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde and The Wrong Box: A Zero-Sum Game.

Stevenson’s two most popular novels for adults are Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde, first published in 1886 and The Wrong Box, first published in 1889.  Both books have been made into popular movies, Dr. Jekyll eight times, The Wrong Box only once but it is one of the most hilarious movies ever made.  The books exemplify Stevenson’s wide range of interests and styles.  Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde is a macabre Gothic tale of bipolar identities.  The Wrong Box is a light-hearted comedy of manners and mistaken identities. 

Both novels focus on questions of identity – who and what a human is – and morality – who and what is right and wrong.  The books answer these questions with a view of humans as fundamentally evil, and a view of society as a struggle of every fallen man for himself with the devil taking the hindmost.  The books exemplify Stevenson’s Social Darwinian political attitudes that are also embedded in his children’s novels.  

Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde: The Not-So-Good, the Bad, and the Ugly.

Dr Jekyll and Mr. Hyde is a condemnation of altruism.  It is a story about the way in which intending to do good is inevitably tainted with evil, and trying to do good can cause evil greater than that which the do-gooder was trying to eliminate.  The story dramatizes what Stevenson saw as the two-sidedness of humans.  Characters are described as two-sided, with selfishness underlying what seems to be altruism, and violence lurking beneath a surface of tranquility.  The story is a testament to the bestiality in supposedly civilized humans and the yen for wickedness in avowedly virtuous people.  It is at base a cynical and anti-social view of humanity. 

Although Stevenson was an atheist, he grew up in a Calvinist family, and Calvinist themes of sin and evil permeate the book, albeit in an ironic way.  Stevenson seems to be making fun of his religious background.  The story dramatizes what Calvinists would call the curse of Original Sin on humanity – we are all imbued with evil – and is a warning about the sinfulness of trying to undo that curse.  Dr. Jekyllis a scientist with a messianic plan to rid humanity of evil.  His plan – which Calvinists would condemn as blasphemy – is doomed and damned in its inception. 

In conventional interpretations of the story, Dr. Jekyll is a good guy and Mr. Hyde is a bad guy.  The story is seen as a struggle of good against evil.  But if you look closely, I think you can see that while Hyde really is really bad, Jekyll is not so good.  In his plan to eliminate selfishness and evil from humanity, Jekyll is himself driven by selfish ambition, drawn to the pleasures of evil, and damned through moral weakness.

The story is told through the eyes of a lawyer named Utterson and, significantly, the book opens with a description of him as having a two-sided personality.  On the outside, Utterson is a cold, calculating and very repressed person, a model of moral rectitude.  But on the inside, he is a passionate person, filled with desires and impulses that he conscientiously represses but whose expression he seemingly enjoys vicariously in others.  Utterson is attracted to reprobates and he frequently defends them in court, the guilty as well as the innocent.[9]

Utterson instigates the action in the story and it proceeds as something of a mystery as he tries to figure out what has happened to his friend Dr. Jekyll.  Jekyll had always been a friendly and upright person who inspired respect, but he has been strangely reclusive of late.  And he has been hanging out with a Mr. Hyde who even Utterson, who is generally attracted to lowlifes, finds repulsive.  Utterson describes Hyde as inspiring “disgust, loathing and fear” and having “Satan’s signature on his face.” And Hyde seems to have some kind of control over Jekyll.  The situation presents a mystery that Utterson wants to solve for the sake of his friend but also as a matter of personal curiosity, the lawyer in him seemingly attracted by the scent of evil in the air.[10]   

The action begins with Utterson hearing that Hyde has murdered a girl for seemingly no reason, and has then bought his way out of prosecution with money provided by Jekyll.  Utterson does not seem surprised that someone could buy his way out of prosecution for murder, which is seemingly a comment directed by Stevenson to us readers about the corruption of the legal system and society in general.  But Utterson is surprised that Jekyll is covering for Hyde.  He is even more surprised when he subsequently discovers that Jekyll has redone his will and is leaving everything to Hyde in the event Jekyll dies or disappears for three months.[11]

But it is Hyde who disappears after killing an old man, again for seemingly no reason except the pleasure of killing.  When Utterson’s law clerk notices a remarkable similarity between the handwriting of Jekyll and Hyde, Utterson goes to Jekyll’s house where he and Jekyll’s butler break into Jekyll’s laboratory.  They find Hyde dead on the floor, an apparent suicide.  There is a letter from Jekyll to Utterson that explains the mystery.[12]

In the letter, Jekyll claims “that man is not truly one, but truly two,” and that he had conducted secret experiments to split himself into two different men, one of whom would ostensibly represent his good self and the other his evil self.  His goal was then to eliminate the evil self and leave only the good self to live on.  Applied to all of humanity, the process would end “the curse of mankind” and fulfill Jekyll’s “beloved dream” of making the world a paradise.[13]

Jekyll had conducted secret experiments and made a drug with which he could transform himself back and forth between his benign self as Dr. Jekyll and his evil self as Mr. Hyde.  Hyde was a small and horribly ugly man who was repulsive to everyone that encountered him.  He was morally repulsive as well and enjoyed hurting and killing people.  In recounting his actions as Hyde, Jekyll reports that when he was Hyde, “the spirit of hell awoke in me” and he committed murders and other outrages “with glee.”[14]

Although Jekyll could seemingly achieve his beneficent goal of eliminating the evil in himself by just remaining as Jekyll and refusing to turn himself into Hyde, he was not content to remain Jekyll and was strongly attracted to being Hyde.  He reports in his letter that as time passed, he enjoyed being Hyde more than being Jekyll and he spent increasingly more time doing horrible things as Hyde.  Eventually Jekyll came to have a horror of Hyde and decided to remain Jekyll.

But he couldn’t control the process and started spontaneously switching into Hyde mode.  He was also having increasing difficulty transforming back into Jekyll.  In the end, Jekyll ran out of the drug and committed suicide rather than spend the rest of his life as Hyde.  Significantly, he took the form of Hyde in death, implying that Jekyll’s base side was his basic self.[15] 

The story has an ironical and cynical twist.  Contrary to conventional interpretations that see Jekyll as a tragic hero who is redeemed by his suicide, Stevenson seems to intend readers to see Jekyll as wrong and wrongheaded in trying to eliminate human evil.  Evil is part and parcel of humanity.  Trying to separate it out only accentuates it.  His suicide is a function of his embarrassment as much as his feelings of guilt. 

At the same time, Stevenson intends readers to identify with Jekyll’s willingness to defy society and take a dare in pursuit of his own ends.  Jekyll is clearly a more interesting character than the boring lawyer Utterson, who represents conventionality and merely observes other people’s adventures.  In this respect, Stevenson expects readers to overlook and effectively endorse Jekyll’s antisocial and egoistic behavior, essentially making him into a model of right-wing ideology that we readers are implicitly encouraged to endorse.

The message of the book is that selfishness and pridefulness underlie everything people do, including deeds intended to be good.  Altruism is a lie and intending to do good is a source of evil.  Humans are aggressively bestial by nature. Trying to eliminate evil only intensifies it.  We have to accept the predominance of evil in us and in the world.  The best we can do to avoid mass murder all around is to repress our worst desires and redirect our aggressive impulses into less harmful, albeit still selfish, channels.  It is a cynical message.

The Wrong Box: Do unto others before they do unto you.

The Wrong Box is a testament to survival of the sneakiest.  The story revolves around a legal device known as a tontine.  A tontine is a type of lottery in which each parent in a group of parents deposits a small sum of money in the name of his child into a common fund that is managed by a financial institution.  The fund is expected to grow over time and the last surviving one of the children gets the whole thing.  It is a relatively small gamble that could yield substantial rewards to the one who wins. 

The story is a comedy, that is, a dramatic form about a conflict between wise people and fools.  The story is written in a facetious and sarcastic tone that cynically makes fun of almost everyone and everything in the book.  The narrator derides the whole idea of a tontine, describing it as an exercise in futility since the winner will invariably be too old to enjoy his winnings, “so that he might as well have lost.”  The narrator takes us readers into his confidence as confederates, as fellow wise people, who are superior to the insipid people about whom he writes.[16]    

Everyone in the book is portrayed as a fool, except for Michael.  Michael is a clever young lawyer who is the unlikely winner of the tontine in the story.  Through a series of devious manipulations, he secures for himself the rights of the last two surviving participants.  It doesn’t matter which one of them dies first; he wins.  With Michael, we are expected to identify.     

Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde is an overtly moral tale with a moral, albeit immoral, message.  In a preface to The Wrong Box, Stevenson disclaims any such intentions for The Wrong Box, and claims the story is without any other purpose than “judicious levity.”  But the situation and the events of the story belie his disclaimer.  The tontine serves, in fact, as a judicious metaphor for the dog-eat-dog, Social Darwinian world that the story describes.  In a tontine and in a tontine-like society, one person’s loss is another person’s gain, and one person’s gain is another person’s loss.  Society in this story is a Social Darwinian zero-sum proposition. 

It is survival of the fittest with unscrupulousness as the test of fitness.  Everyone in the story has a con of some sort and is trying to get over on somebody or everybody.   Cynicism abounds.  The judicial system is portrayed as an instrument of anti-social selfishness and self-centeredness.  The law is not a vehicle for justice but a vehicle for people’s aggressiveness and ill wishes toward each other.  Society is not a vehicle for cooperation or caring but for people’s aggression, enmity, and competition to the death.  And in making readers his comrades, the narrator sucks us into his right-wing ideological world view. 

The story has a convoluted plot-line that zigs and zags humorously around, almost like a shaggy dog story.  The main characters are two old men, brothers Joseph and Masterman Finsbury, who are the last surviving participants in a tontine, and their nephews, each of whom hopes that his uncle will win the tontine so that he can inherit the money. 

Masterman is a retired businessman.  He lives with his nephew Michael, a wealthy, well-known lawyer.  Michael is “a trafficker in shady affairs” who specializes in representing petty crooks and other losers in the social struggle for survival.  He is also an inveterate drunkard, party goer, and practical joker.  His mantra could perhaps be summarized as “all for fun and fun for all.”[17]

Joseph Finsbury is a hard-up, part-time lecturer who is a pedantic bore and boor.  He lives with his nephews Morris and John.  The nephews are willing to do almost anything to have their uncle win the tontine so that they can get his money, and their behavior is abominable.

As the story goes, Joseph, Morris and John are traveling together on a train that crashes.  An old man who looks like Joseph is killed, and Morris and John think that it is Joseph.  If Joseph has died before Masterman has died, it is death to their hopes of inheriting the tontine money.  In order not to lose the tontine, they concoct a scheme to hide what they think is Joseph’s body until Masterman dies.  At that point they will claim the tontine and then produce Joseph’s body with the explanation that Joseph had just died.[18] 

So, Morris and John put the dead old man’s body in a box and ship it to themselves.  The box is, however, misdelivered to a failed artist named Pitman who just happens to be a client of Michael.  Pitman consults Michael about what to do with the body.  They put it in a piano and take it to the house of another lawyer whom Michael dislikes.  Michael is inebriated throughout the story and thinks the whole thing is a great practical joke and great fun. 

Another box containing a priceless sculpture that was supposed to go to Pitman is misdelivered to Morris and John.  Aghast that they seem to have lost their uncle’s body, they promptly destroy the sculpture.  Then step by step, Morris and John do one illegal thing after another in their desperate search for the dead body.

Meanwhile, Michael coincidentally meets Joseph in a pub.  Joseph had escaped unharmed from the train crash and has ever since been wandering around the countryside boring everyone he meets.  Michael convinces Joseph to sell Michael his rights to the tontine in exchange for money to support himself.  Since Michael is already the heir of Masterman, the story ends with Michael having manipulated his way to getting the tontine rights of both Joseph and Masterman.[19]

It is said that in the world of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.  Michael is the king in this story.  He is a low-life who disdains social norms and lives in an alcoholic haze.  But he is a devilishly clever man who is able to take advantage of others’ weaknesses to aggrandize himself.  Not viciously but, nonetheless, callously.  In a Hobbesian world in which everyone is at war with everyone else, he is able to perform legal judo and get everyone else fighting each other so that he can emerge scot-free — the definition of survival of the fittest in a Social Darwinian society.       

Ideology in Treasure Island and Kidnapped: Stevenson’s Scotland.

Treasure Island and Kidnapped were written in the late nineteenth century but are set in Scotland during the mid-eighteenth century.  This was the era of Bonnie Prince Charlie and the vainglorious attempts by small bands of reactionary and recidivist insurgents from the Catholic Highlands of Scotland to overthrow the Hanoverian King George III and return a Jacobite Stuart king to the throne of the United Kingdom.  It was a lost cause that was romanticized by Scottish conservatives, including Sir Walter Scott in his highly popular novels and Robert Louis Stevenson in Kidnapped

The Scottish Highlands in the eighteenth century were an economically and culturally backwoods area – -poverty stricken, clan ridden, largely illiterate, and largely stuck in place from the Middle Ages.  From reading Treasure Island and Kidnapped, you could easily conclude that Scotland as a whole was a backward country of bands, brigands, and clans, most of them in conflict with each other and all of them in conflict with England.  And that most Scots were ignorant, superstitious, and semiliterate at best.  But that was only true of the Highlands.

A more complete picture of eighteenth-century Scotland would lead you to a very different conclusion.  This was the age of what is called the Scottish Enlightenment during which Scottish thinkers from Francis Hutcheson to David Hume to Adam Smith developed the rationalist and humanitarian theories that have actuated liberals and liberal societies ever since, including the United States.  In contrast to the Scottish Highlands, Lowland Scotland, which constituted the great majority of the country, was a center stage in what has been called the Age of Reason and a major influence on the emerging United States.  Highly educated, highly civilized, and highly commercial, the Lowlands Scots were the models of a modern society.[20]

Thomas Jefferson, James Madison and many others among the American Founders had studied with disciples of Hutcheson, and had adopted Hutcheson’s philosophy as their own, including when they drafted the Declaration of Independence.  It is Hutcheson who coined the phrase “life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness,” which is enshrined in the American Declaration of Independence as the key to a good society.  By this formula, Hutcheson meant that seeking the happiness of others was the goal of a good life in which liberty was the means thereto. [21]  

Hutcheson also coined the phrase “the greatest happiness for the greatest number of people” as the goal of a good society, a formula that has become a key benchmark in democratic societies such as the United States. By this formula, he meant that living and working with others, as opposed to working against others, was the way in which a society should be organized and in which people could best develop their own selves.   

Hutcheson’s ideas, as further developed by other Scots during the Scottish Enlightenment, were adopted by the Founders of the United States and were the principles behind the emerging theories and practices of liberalism in the United States.  Stevenson did not share the principles of his eighteenth century Scottish forebears and he essentially derided them in his novels.  As such, it was seemingly no accident that he set Treasure Island and Kidnapped in the Highlands.  Eschewing the progressive Lowlands and setting his stories in the regressive Highlands was effectively an ideological statement.  Society, he is telling kids, is inherently a virulent mess.

Treasure Island: Finders Keepers, Losers Weepers.

Treasure Island is the story of a quest for stolen loot, and not for any altruistic purpose of giving it back to its rightful owners.  First published in 1883, it is told through the eyes of Jim Hawkins, an adolescent boy who lives with his parents in a rundown inn in a rundown rural community.  They are not well-to-do but they are members of the propertied class, and not mere laborers.  As the story unfolds, Jim takes a treasure map from the sea chest of a sailor who has died at his parents’ inn.  He takes it to the local squire, Squire Trelawney, who impetuously decides to finance a voyage to find the treasure on the island designated on the map.  The squire takes Jim and a local doctor, Dr. Livesay, along on the trip. 

Unfortunately, the squire also takes along a group of pirates as the crew on his ship, pirates who have been looking for the same loot and who intend to hijack the ship and take the treasure once it is found.  Many bloody battles, devious plots, surprise disclosures, and acts of derring-do occur.  In the end, the pirates are foiled and Jim and his colleagues end up with the treasure. They share it out among themselves and become wealthy men.  

Treasure Island exemplifies the main themes of both Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde and The Wrong Box, particularly the two-sided good-and-evil nature of people and the us-versus-them zero-sum competition among humans for survival and success.  All of the main characters are explicitly two-sided.  Jim, the narrator and hero, is normally a shy and deferential boy, but he responds to the crisis situations in which he finds himself with unthinking gut reactions, and does what he wants irrespective of what is wise or what he is supposed to do. 

Jim gets lucky.  He repeatedly saves the day with his impetuous and irresponsible actions.  At one point, for example, he hides in an apple barrel on the ship and overhears the pirates plotting mutiny, which enables Jim and his colleagues to escape to the island.  Later, on the island, he absconds from the fortress where he has been holding out with his colleagues and ends up singlehandedly retaking the ship from the pirates. Jim is himself astonished at “the mad notions that contributed so much to save our lives.”  And Dr. Livesay says of Jim that “There is a kind of fate in this… Every step it’s you that saves lives,” even though they were likely to be missteps.[22] 

Dr. Livesay is the local magistrate as well as the local physician and local intellectual.  As a doctor he is kind and caring, but as a magistrate he is strict and harsh.  His clear-thinking plans are a key to the success of the band of treasure hunters, but his kindness in treating the medical needs of the pirates increases the danger to his colleagues.

Squire Trelawney is the lord of the locality.  A wealthy man, he is generous to those around him, but he is also a vain, big-mouthed fool who is easily deceived, especially with flattery.  He is fooled by Silver into hiring a band of pirates as his ship’s crew.

Captain Smollett is the captain of the ship that the squire hires for the adventure.  He has a good heart as a friend but he is a martinet as a ship captain, without any flexibility with people or with rules.  His inflexibility leads to strategic blunders that endanger the enterprise.[23]

But the main and most interesting character in the story is Long John Silver.  Silver is a Jekyll and Hyde character, with the lust for gold as the thing that transforms him from Jekyll to Hyde.  At the beginning of the story, he is a popular innkeeper who is described as “a clean and pleasant-tempered landlord.”  Silver is an educated man.  He has gone to school, which was rare at that time and place for any but the elite.  A sailor says of him that “He had good schooling in his young days and can speak like a book when so-minded.”  He has money and even a bank account, which was a status symbol that indicated gentility.  And he is happily and devotedly married.  All of these are unusual characteristics for a former pirate chief.[24]

But when gold is at stake, Silver becomes a beast.  His very face and body change.  When he learns what Jim and his colleagues are after, Silver connives to become the cook on Squire Trelawney’s ship and dupes Trelawney into hiring a gang of Silver’s former pirate mates as the crew of the ship. 

In the course of their voyage to the island, Silver is a model sailor, all gentleness and kindness toward Jim and deferential toward the captain, the squire and the doctor.  But once they get to the island, Silver becomes a complete villain, repeatedly killing people in cold-blood and executing vicious attacks on Jim and his colleagues.  Then, ipso facto, at the end of the story, when the battle for the gold is over and he has lost, Silver becomes “the same bland, polite, obsequious seaman of the voyage out,” he escapes captivity, and he reportedly goes off incognito to rejoin his wife and resume his previous innkeeper’s life.[25]

I think that there are at least three key moral and political implications of the story.  The first is that Jim and Silver are in many important ways two sides of the same coin.  Despite everything Silver does, Jim is fascinated by Silver from beginning to end.  And despite everything Silver is and does, he is seemingly genuinely attached to Jim.  Jim is a Jekyll-like person with some Hyde in him.  Silver is a Hyde-like person with some Jekyll in him. 

Both Jim and Silver are capable of living within conventional norms but are also liable to break out of them given the appropriate stimulus.  They both go with their gut reactions and have an internal drive that carries them outside normal bounds.  More so Silver, but he has seemingly done what it takes to be successful and is admired for his success by even Dr. Livesay, the spokesperson for conventionality in the book.  Jim is similarly admired by Livesay for, as well as despite, his impetuosity.  The moral seems to be that there is Hyde in all of us, and that it is the Hyde that makes us interesting and successful.  

A second implication is that the lower classes are inferior and dangerous to the upper classes, and must be kept down in a place of obeisance and obedience.  It’s an “us-against-them” struggle.  Other than Silver, who is a special person, the pirates are stupidly reckless and incapable of self-discipline.  They live slovenly lives solely for the moment.  And Silver’s efforts to make them follow a reasonable plan of attack is like herding cats.  Dr. Livesay says of them that they demonstrated an “entire unfitness for anything like a prolonged campaign,” which is why they lost.[26]  Livesay’s commentary on the pirates is the commonplace right-wing attitude toward the lower classes to the present day, and Stevenson reinforces this attitude in his story.[27]

The third implication is that survival of the fittest is a zero-sum game, and to the survivors go all the spoils. The adventure began as a selfish venture for loot and it ends in the same way.  Significantly, not only do the squire and the doctor, who are running the show, fail to turn over the loot to the authorities or try to return any of it to the original owners from whom it was stolen, they don’t even give a share to the families of members of their band who were killed in the struggle with the pirates.  Just like a tontine.

So, we have here a story of an adolescent boy whose irresponsible, individualistic behavior endangers himself and others, but he ends up putting down the vicious lower classes while elevating himself into the rich upper class.  It is an adolescent boy’s dream and a heroic tale designed to appeal to adolescents.  And so it does.  The bottom line, however, is that although there is friendship and loyalty among social equals in this tale, which is its saving grace, the story conveys a fundamental message of selfish individualism and anti-social cynicism.   

Kidnapped: Finding a diamond in the rough.

Like Treasure Island, Kidnapped is a story about a quest for stolen property.  In this case, it is property that has been illegally appropriated by the uncle of the protagonist David Balfour.  First published in 1886, the story takes place in mid-eighteenth-century Scotland in the midst of the Jacobite uprisings.  The Jacobites were supporters of the heirs of King James II, who had been deposed in 1688 because he was Catholic.  They were attempting to overthrow the Protestant British King George III and replace him with James’ Catholic grandson Charles Stuart, who was known as Bonnie Prince Charlie.  The largely Protestant Lowlands in Scotland were pro-George.  The largely Catholic Highlands were pro-Charles. 

David is a seventeen-year-old orphan whose father was a schoolmaster of genteel birth.  He is a Lowland Protestant whose family supported King George.  Upon the death of his parents, David goes to live with his uncle.  His uncle is afraid that David will claim property that the uncle had withheld from David’s father and that should rightfully be David’s.  So, he tries to kill David but does not succeed.  Having survived the attempt on his life, David thinks he has leverage to get something out of his uncle.[28] 

However, his uncle fools David into accompanying him onto a ship, whereupon the captain of the ship knocks David out and sets off on a voyage to America where he intends to deposit David.  But the ship sinks off the coast of the Scottish Highlands, and David escapes thereto.  Hopelessly lost and without any means of survival, David meets up with Alan Stuart, a Jacobite nobleman trying to avoid the law, and trying to get himself and some money to France where Prince Charlie is organizing his efforts to seize the British throne.[29] 

David is a shy boy, upright and innocent of the world.  Alan is a worldly person and a scoundrel.  He is incredibly vain and even makes up heroic songs about himself.  He is also easily angered and ready to kill anyone who insults him.  David says of him that “I was always in danger of smiling at his vanity,” which could have meant death.  Alan is a thief and a stone-cold killer.    

Despite their different backgrounds and opposing religious and political loyalties, David and Alan bond as friends and allies, and they wander together across Scotland.  Their connection is similar to that of Jim and Silver in Treasure Island.[30]  Stevenson’s Social Darwinism has a place for personal friendships and personal loyalties that defy social norms.  David opines that “No class of men is altogether bad, but each has its own faults and virtues.”  That is, everyone is right in his rightful place, but friendship can exist between members of different social orders.  

We see in each of the four books discussed in this essay an affinity on the part of the innocent and decent characters for the depraved and indecent characters.  “We must bear and forbear” each other, David concludesThis could seem on its face to be a form of tolerance of those who are different, but it is really a form of anti-social cynicism and an affirmation of the Hyde in all of us.  And we are all of us engaged in a survival of the strongest competition.[31]    

The Scotland that David and Alan traverse is a complex web of us-versus-them conflicts between clans.  Highland society is based on loyalty to clans and charismatic clan leaders.  Alan is involved in many of these disputes and drags David into them with him.  This is the ugly side of clan society.  At the same time, David is repeatedly sick and is repeatedly nursed to health by strangers because of his connection with Alan.  This is the saving grace of clan society.[32]    

David repeatedly makes rash judgments and decisions that put himself in danger and outside the law.  He watches as Alan kills two men.  He helps Alan cover up a murder committed by a member of Alan’s clan.  He essentially commits treason in helping the traitor Alan get to France to help overthrow the British government.  But all’s well that ends well.  In the end, Alan gets away to France and David ends up with a nice hunk of his uncle’s ill-gotten property. 

Like Treasure Island, Kidnapped is an adolescent boy’s dream.  The bottom line, however, is that it conveys a fundamental message of selfish individualism and anti-social cynicism.

Seeking the Truism in Altruism.

Story #3. An adolescent boy, who has been raised and regularly mistreated by his aunt and uncle, finds that he has special talents and is recruited to a school for similarly gifted kids.  At this school, students are taught to develop their talents, use them in the public interest, and not abuse them for private interests or personal power.  The boy has to overcome many obstacles in the course of his education, and is successful in large part because he invariably acts in the interests of others and the community.  His good intentions are his greatest strength.  In the end, he is able to save the world from a catastrophe because of his courage and his altruistic motives. 

The danger to the world in the story stems from the efforts of an evil man to steal a powerfully magic talisman that would make him virtually invincible.  The talisman is magically hidden in a mirror.  A person can retrieve it from the mirror only if the person does not intend to use it for personal benefit.  The evil person, who wants to use it for his personal benefit, cannot retrieve it.  The boy, who wants to retrieve it only to help save the world from the evil man, is able to face down the evil man and retrieve the talisman, thereby saving the world.         

This story is a brief outline of Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone by J.K. Rowling, which was first published in 1997.[33]  The seven Harry Potter books are perhaps the most celebrated of recent books for children that convey a very pro-social and essentially liberal message, very different from the message in Stevenson’s stories.  Although Harry is genuinely heroic, he is not a superhero.  He is not the smartest or most proficient wizard among his colleagues.  He is genuinely humble, and the dominant message of the books is one of respect for everyone, including all sorts of non-human creatures. 

The Harry Potter books also promote the use of evidence and reason in response to problems rather than knee-jerk emotional and prejudicial reactions.  In each book, a main theme and a main plot-line involves the need to use evidence and reason to overcome knee-jerk reactions.   

Rowling’s books are not unique in their pro-social messaging.  There has been a long line of pro-social children’s books that goes back at least to the turn of the twentieth century, and that have competed for the hearts and minds of young readers.  Among these books are The Wizard of Oz and the subsequent Oz books by L Frank Baum.  First published in 1900, The Wizard of Oz presaged the Progressive Era of liberal politics in America.  Maybe the same is happening now?  In the recent election, some two-thirds of voters under the age of thirty voted for the Democrat Biden.  Can this be a Harry Potter effect?  One can hope.

As we have seen with respect to Stevenson’s anti-social stories, the underlying message of a story lies not merely in the actions of its hero.  It is also in the way in which the world is portrayed.  In this regard, the message of pro-social books is not merely in the altruism of their heroes.  The background circumstances and characters are as important in providing a model of the world for young readers.  The message in the Harry Potter books lies not merely in Harry’s altruism but in the nature of Hogwarts, the school he attends, and in the norms of the magical community.  Hogwarts teaches students how to do magic but, even more importantly, they are taught to use their powers in the public interest.  They are taught to respect and cooperate with each other, and the magical community is, in turn, supposed to operate respectfully and cooperatively.   

Although students are separated into houses and the houses compete with each other, it is mainly a competition to excel.  Competition often plays a role in children’s books, but there are different types of competition, and that makes a difference to the books’ messages.  There is competition in which the goal is to defeat one’s enemy and be the last person standing.  This is the Social Darwinian competition that we see in Stevenson’s books — survival of the strongest or a tontine. 

But there is also competition in which people push each other to improve their performance levels, and the goal is to raise the bar of excellence for all.  When the eighteenth-century Scottish political economist Adam Smith promoted competition, it was this latter sort that he had in mind.  Smith was a disciple of Frances Hutchinson and, like Hutchinson, held that happiness was the result of working with and helping others.  He promoted competition toward excellence as a form of cooperation toward making social progress.  And for the most part, it is this sort of competition that is encouraged at Hogwarts which, since the school seems to channel the ethos of the eighteenth-century Scottish Enlightenment, is perhaps not coincidently located in Scotland.

Readers of the Harry Potter books absorb not only the example of Harry, but also the whole environment of Hogwarts and the magical community.  In this context, altruism is presented as essentially a truism.  Rowling is saying that altruism is the way the world ought to work and for the most part does work when people are allowed to be their best selves. 

Altruism is a truism in other books as well.  In Dr. Seuss’ Horton Hears a Who, for example, Horton’s altruism and heroism in trying to save the tiny Whos is not the only message in the book.  Just as important is that once the other animals are able to hear the Whos and, thereby, verify that the Whos are real, the other animals immediately insist that the Whos must be protected and they want to help protect them.  Their initial knee-jerk reaction when they couldn’t hear the Whos was that Horton must be crazy.  But once they have evidence of the existence of the Whos, they immediately adopt Horton’s mantra that “a person is a person, no matter how small.”  The book, thereby, presents to children a world in which it is assumed that people should and will help each other, and in which it is assumed that people will behave reasonably based on the facts.  It should also be noted that the other animals are a diverse bunch who are willing and able to live and work together.[34]

Likewise, in The Wizard of Oz, the message is not merely in the altruism of Dorothy and her companions, but in the Wizard and the nature of Emerald City.  The book is, after all, named after the Wizard and not Dorothy.  And we find out that the Wizard in fact has no magical powers at all.  He has merely the ability to convince people to do things, and with this ability, he has persuaded the people of Emerald City to cooperatively build and operate the most wonderful city you can imagine.  And the citizens immediately take in and take care of Dorothy and her companions, no matter that Dorothy’s companions are a little weird and unlike themselves.  This book portrays a world in which people are expected to work with and help each other.[35]                 

The Moral of this Essay.

The moral of this essay is that it is important to realize, expose and confront ingrained childhood prejudices as a means of defusing them so that they won’t surface in adulthood is to them.  As such, having kids read stories like those of Stevenson is something to be desired as a way of dealing with the right-wing world views that are embedded in the stories and in our kids.  Children should be encouraged to read such stories but also to think about them.  To analyze and deconstruct the ideas embedded in the stories as a means of analyzing and deconstructing the ideas embedded in themselves.  They should be encouraged to do the same with both liberal stories and right-wing stories.  It has often been said that a generous understanding is the key to a liberal mind.      

Reading and then analyzing what they have read is a way for kids to free themselves of the prejudices with which they have been indoctrinated by the people and the culture around them.  It is a way for them to be able as adults to engage with issues without unhelpful knee-jerk emotional and ideological reactions, and it is a way for them to avoid being manipulated by demagogic politicians such as Donald Trump.  It is a way for their rational and liberal selves to get the upper hand over their irrational and right-wing selves.  Which would be a blessing to us all.

                                                                                                                                    BW 12/20


[1] Bob Stevenson. “Robert Louis Stevenson: Champion of Liberty.” FEE. 8/1/78.

[2] Howard Gardner.  The Unschooled Mind. New York: BasicBooks, 1991.

[3] For elaboration on this matter, I have a blog post “Distrust in the Hinterland: Bozp the Clown Promotes Fer and Hate, and It Ain’t Funny.  Also “The Undoing Project and History as Choice: Reprogramming Your Intellect through Listening to Others.”

[4] For an elaboration on the ideology of children’s books and Disney versus Dr. Seuss, I have a blog post “What to do about the Big Bad Wolf: Narrative Choices and the Moral of a Story.”

[5] Howard Gardner.  The Unschooled Mind. New York: BasicBooks, 1991. 

[6] Robert Louis Stevenson. “The Day After Tomorrow.” The Contemporary Review. April, 1887.

[7] Richard Hofstadter.  Social Darwinism in American Thought.  Boston: Beacon Press, 1965.

[8] For the classic articulation of modern right-wing doctrine, see Edward Banfield. The Unheavenly City Revisited. Long Grove, Illinois: Waveland Press, 1974.

[9] Robert Louis Stevenson. Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde (1886) in The Complete Novels of Robert Louis Stevenson.  Musaicum Books, 2017, p.405.

[10]  Ibid. p. 418.

[11]  Ibid. pp. 408, 413.

[12]  Ibid. pp. 427, 432, 434, 449.

[13] Ibid. pp.460-461

[14] Ibid. p.470

[15] Ibid. pp.473-476

[16]Robert Louis Stevenson. The Wrong Box. (1889) in The Complete Novels of Robert Louis Stevenson.  Musaicum Books, 2017, p.1431.

[17]Ibid. pp. 1440, 1520.

[18] Ibid. p.1446.

[19] Ibid. p. 1568.

[20] Arthur Herman How the Scots Invented the Modern World.

[21]   Garry Wills. Inventing America: Jefferson’s Declaration of Independence. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 2002.

[22] Robert Louis Stevenson. Treasure Island. (1883) in The Complete Novels of Robert Louis Stevenson.  Musaicum Books, 2017, pp.86, 137, 191.

[23] Ibid. pp.14, 50.

[24] 53-54, 65

[25] Ibid. p..211.

[26] Ibid. p. 194.

[27] Edward Banfield. The Unheavenly City Revisited. Long Grove, Illinois: Waveland Press, 1974.

[28] Robert Louis Stevenson. Kidnapped. (1886) in The Complete Novels of Robert Louis Stevenson.  Musaicum Books, 2017, pp. 479, 496, 502, 506.  

[29] Ibid. p. 518.

[30]  Ibid. p. 549.

[31] Ibid. p. 523, 564, 656.

[32] Ibid. p. 651, 663.

[33] J.K. Rowling. Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone. New York: Scholastic Press, 1997.

[34] For a discussion of the ideological implications of Horton Hears a Who, I have a blog post “So what if Horton heard a Who? The Ethics of Hobbes, Hutcheson and Dr. Seuss in the Age of Trump.”

[35] For a discussion of the ideological implications of The Wizard of Oz, I have a blog post “The Will to Believe and The Wizard of Oz: Pragmatism along the Yellow Brick Road.”

J.M. Barrie’s “Peter Pan” Cynical Celebration of a Serial Killer  Or Cautionary Tale?

J.M. Barrie’s Peter Pan

Cynical Celebration of a Serial Killer

Or Cautionary Tale?

 Burton Weltman

A Kids’ Story?

In this story, there is a charismatic boy, almost mesmerizing in his charm.  He lures some children away from their happy home and their loving parents with promises of great adventures.  He takes them to an isolated place where he has gathered other children whom he has charmed into being his devoted followers.  It is a place from which they cannot escape and he kills anyone who wants to leave.  The boy is a cold-blooded serial killer who has no memory of any of those he has killed.  He and his kidnapped followers play murderous games in which some of them and other people are routinely killed.  The deaths are graphically described.

The newcomers become his adoring followers, and they gradually forget their past lives.  He teaches them to kill and they relish their kills, caring nothing about those they have murdered.  The children eventually return to their home, but thereafter think nothing but good about the boy and their experiences with him.  And all of this is narrated in a lighthearted and jovial tone.

Is this a children’s story?  Is this a story you should tell children?   It is J.M. Barrie’s story of Peter Pan and we have been regaling children with it for over one hundred years.[1]  What does that say about us?

Peter Pan, Serial Killer.

Peter Pan is a book that seems forever fresh and eternally appealing.  Despite the book’s age, its freshness seems fitting since the main character in the book, Peter Pan, is in his own view, and in the view of most readers, an exemplar of eternal youth.  He is the boy who refuses to grow up, and who appeals to the nostalgia in all of us for what we think we remember as the innocence of childhood.  He is the youth we think we would liked to have been.  Or would we?

In the closing words of the book, the narrator exclaims over Peter’s everlasting appeal, and predicts that Peter will forever have followers “so long as children are gay and innocent and heartless.”[2]  And, given the enormous ongoing popularity of the character Peter Pan and of his story, so it has seemed.  But, wait a minute, what’s with this “heartless?”  What does the narrator mean by “heartless?”  Well, when you think about what the narrator might mean, I think you might come to some important conclusions about Peter Pan that are generally missed.

For most people, Peter Pan is read, or is seen in its various cartoon and musical versions, as a sentimental and nostalgic representation of an idyllic childhood.  Peter is generally seen as a model of the boy hero, and is widely idealized by readers as the sort of boy who led the fun and games of their own younger days.  There is even a peanut butter for kids that is named after Peter Pan, who is pictured on the jar as a fun loving, flying sprite.  But that is, I believe, a major misreading of the story.

If you read the book with clear eyes, and read between the lines of the sanitized productions of the story, I think you are forced to a very different conclusion.  It is a conclusion that includes the word “heartless” in the description of Peter Pan and what he represents.  That most people seemingly do not see this says, I contend, some troubling things about us and our society.

The first thing I think you have to notice about Peter Pan is that Peter is a cold-blooded killer and that Neverland is a bloody place of continual carnage.  People in the book are really killed and really die.[3]  The slaughter is treated as a game by the inhabitants of the island, and presented as such by the sardonic narrator of the story, but it is a life-and-death game, mostly death.

Lost boys, Indians, and pirates are almost continuously butchered by each other throughout the story.  While there is lots of make-believe in the book, the killing is portrayed as real.  The Indians, for example, wear around their necks the “scalps of boys as well as pirates.”[4] The lost boys and the pirates are similarly savage.  Since, however, the narrator takes an ironic view of Peter and his various antics, it is easy for readers to take all of the killing in stride as cute, humorous, and harmless.  But it isn’t.  And Peter isn’t.

Perhaps the most telling and chilling passage in the book comes as the narrator is explaining how things work in Neverland.  Describing who and what are the lost boys, the narrator says with what seems to be casual irony that “The boys on the island vary, of course, in numbers, according as they get killed and so on.”  Not so idyllic this Neverland where boys being killed is so casually accepted.  But for Peter they are disposable and replaceable.

When Peter needs new recruits, he seemingly finds them among abandoned kids and orphans or he lures them from their families, as he did Wendy, Michael and John Darling.  Whether or not they were orphans to begin with, the children quickly lose all memory of their past lives, as was happening in the story to Wendy, Michael and John.[5]  Then Peter introduces them to the deadly games he plays, and they come to like the killing, as when Michael brags to Wendy about the pirate he has killed and proudly shows her the body.  He has been sucked into the joy of killing.[6]

The narrator then goes on to say that when some boys insist on growing up, “which is against the rules, Peter thins them out.”  The clear implication is that Peter kills these boys.  And then forgets about them.[7]  He neither cares for his followers nor cares about them.

Peter is a creature of the moment and of his impulses.  He has chronic amnesia, an inability to remember anything for very long.  It is one of his key characteristics and a key to his character, particularly his callousness.  If you cannot remember what you’ve done, you cannot have a conscience or apply moral rules to your actions.  Conscience builds on recollection.  In turn, if you cannot remember people, you cannot care about them.  Peter is always in the moment, and the moment is generally filled with enmity.

The narrator tells us that Peter would go out and kill someone, and then forget about it by the time he got back.  He could not remember to tell you about it, the narrator explains, but “then when you went out you found the body.”[8]  At the end of the book, when Peter comes to get Wendy for her annual spring-cleaning visit to Neverland, Peter has no memory of Captain Hook or his thrilling fight to the death with Hook that was the centerpiece of the book.  “’I forget them after I kill them,’ he replied carelessly” to Wendy in explaining his inability to remember Hook.[9]  Peter Pan is a serial killer without caring or conscience.

Peter is almost completely self-centered.  If you cannot remember anybody or anything, you have only your immediate self to be concerned with, and he is.  Peter is both arrogant and overly sensitive to insult.  He needs to dominate any situation.  Having no memory of his past deeds, he has no track record of achievement to fall back upon, no foundation for self-confidence.  Motivated by a pre-adolescent striving for recognition, he has an overwhelming need to keep proving himself to himself and to others.  Over and over again, endlessly into eternity.

Peter is also extraordinarily vain, and his followers are expected to continually go on about how great he is.  His vanity and arrogance are what Hook, himself an extraordinarily arrogant and vain man, hates most in Peter.[10]  Peter and Hook have much in common and are competitors in many of the same attributes, another facet of Peter Pan that is generally overlooked.  Peter loves adulation, craves it, needs it, and insists on it from his followers.  It can be dangerous to disagree with him or fail to praise him sufficiently.  Peter needs an audience and needs the applause of that audience.  And he is constantly seeking applause in everything he does.

Finally, Peter is almost completely ignorant, and proudly so.  The narrator says that he was the only boy in Neverland who could not read or write. “He was above all that sort of thing.”  At the same time, the boys in “his band were not allowed to know anything he did not know,” so they often pretended their own ignorance when he was ignorant of something.  Unlike the other boys, Peter could not distinguish between make-believe and reality.  “Peter, you see, just said anything that came into his head,” the narrator explains and concludes that “I don’t believe he ever thought.”  Nonetheless, Peter expected his followers to believe anything he said even if they knew it was nonsense, and his hold on them was such that they did.[11]

The story of Peter Pan is a horror story grimmer than Grimm.  Grimm’s fairly tales are full of gruesome things happening to children, but they are portrayed in the interests of some moral lesson that is being taught to kids.  Grimm’s carnage is depicted in a negative light, usually as a punishment of someone for their disobedience of authority or their departure from middle class ways and mores.  In Peter Pan, the carnage serves no moral purpose, and it is described as fun and even funny.  Rather than morality, the story promotes amorality and immorality.  The narrator notes, for example, that Peter is not opposed to Hook because Hook is evil, but because Peter sees Hook as a competitor.  Killing for Peter is fun and games.

All of this is described by the narrator in amused supercilious terms, as though “children will be children, and what can you do?”  But the benign sarcasm of the narrator is a thin gloss over a very ugly situation.  The book is almost a prequel to the adolescent savagery in Lord of the Flies.  But the evil in Lord of the Flies is obvious and easily rejected.  Not so in Peter Pan.  The ironic narration is a cover-up that mostly works since most people seemingly don’t see through the narrator’s sarcastic patter to the cruelty of Peter and the horror of life in Neverland.  Like the denizens of Neverland, most readers, and most producers of the lighthearted plays and musicals based on Peter Pan, get lulled by Peter’s charisma into overlooking the carnage he wreaks.

The Moral of the Story: Epater la Bourgeoisie?

So, what are we to make of this story?  Barrie was writing in early twentieth-century England. There was a widespread movement among European and North American writers and artists during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries that rejected what they saw as the prevailing stiff and stuffy bourgeois values and materialistic middle-class mores.  This movement was epitomized by the slogan of Baudelaire and other French poets that they should “epater la bourgeoisie,” that is, audaciously astonish the middle classes and stick it to them.

Peter Pan can be considered an example of that idea.  For most of the book, the narrator treats Mr. and Mrs. Darling, the middle-class parents of Wendy, Michael and John, with scorn.  Mr. Darling is a businessman who is obsessed with calculating the costs of anything and everything.[12]  Mr. Darling is also a social climber.  He is “very sensitive to the opinion of neighbors, and continually fretted about what the neighbors might think of him and his family.”[13]  Mrs. Darling truly cares for her children, but her vanity overcomes her concerns for them on the fateful night they go off with Peter.  The family is stiff, boring, and thoroughly bourgeois.  Peter Pan, flying through the window into the Darling nursery, represents a literal breath of fresh air in this stiff and stuffy bourgeois household.

Peter Pan is the antithesis of bourgeois values and an antidote to middle-class mores.  He is both magnetic and pathetic, heroic and vulnerable, noble and needy, all things that make him attractive and make people flock to him as their leader.  He mesmerizes adults as well as children.  The problem is that, most of all, he is a cold-blooded killer and a vain and heartless monster.  We admire him at peril to our moral selves.  That the reaction of most people to Peter Pan is admiration, and even longing, represents a dangerous tendency in our society.

This tendency can be summarized as a tendency to choose leaders on the basis of their charismatic personalities and their appeal to the worst in us instead of the strength of their characters and their appeal to our better angels.  Peter Pan is an exemplar of a life based around grievance and taking revenge on those whom he sees as the source of his grievance.

As a creature of the moment, and lacking a foundation of self-confidence, Peter reacts defensively to all comers, and adopts a posture that mixes arrogance and vanity.  Continually seeing and responding to what he perceives as slights from others, he has an endless supply of enemies he must vanquish.  Peter exemplifies, in turn, a leadership based on cultivating the grievances and potential violence in others.  You can read Donald Trump into this description of Peter Pan.  And that is, I think, the moral of the story of Peter Pan and the point of this essay.

Bluntly put, Peter Pan is a moral monster.  But is that what the author Barrie wants us to think?  If so, why has he couched the story in a narration that underplays and obscures the awfulness of Peter’s actions and of life in Neverland?  Bluntly put again, is Barrie a moral monster who wants us to be pulled by the charisma of Peter and the charming tone of the narrator into approving Peter’s monstrous character and awful deeds?  Is Barrie trying to astonish and make fools of his middle-class readers with a cynical celebration of a serial killer?

Or is Barrie setting up a test for us to see if we can see through Peter’s charisma and the narrator’s charm so that we reject what Peter stands for?  That is, is Barrie trying to astonish us middle-class readers to reject the kind of leadership represented by Peter?  Is this a cautionary tale?  I like to think that the latter is the case.

But if so, we seem to be failing the test both in continuing to teach the story of Peter Pan to our children as an innocent idyll and in electing a Pan-like moral monster as our President.  Maybe it is time to eschew both Peter Pan and Donald Trump.  I am writing this in early July, 2020.  A national election in the United States is forthcoming.  This is our chance to get rid of Trump.  I hope we take advantage of it.

B.W.  July 8, 2020

Footnotes.

[1] J.M. Barrie.  Peter Pan. New York: Scholastic Inc. 1993.  Barrie’s story about Peter Pan was published by him in several slightly varying versions during the early twentieth century.  The version that I am using for this essay is one that has become standard.  It is simply titled Peter Pan and is published by Scholastic Inc., a premier publisher of children’s books.

[2]Ibid. P.200

[3] Ibid. P.135 for example, describing “a massacre” of Indians and pirates.

[4] Ibid. P.62.

[5] Ibid. Pp.88-89.

[6] Ibid. P.174

[7] Ibid. P.58.

[8] Ibid. P.90.

[9] Ibid. P.92.

[10] Ibid. Pp.136, 143.

[11] Ibid. Pp.27, 44, 59, 78, 89.

[12] Ibid. P.27

[13] Ibid. P.189

Laura Ingalls Wilder’s “Little House in the Big Woods.” Reactionary Intent/Progressive Effect. Context is Subtext/Subtext controls Content.

Laura Ingalls Wilder’s Little House in the Big Woods.

Reactionary Intent/Progressive Effect.

Context is Subtext/Subtext controls Content.

 

Burton Weltman

 

Politics in the Big Woods: Innocent Escapism or Calculated Indoctrination?

Little House in the Big Woods by Laura Ingalls Wilder is a semi-autobiographical novel for young readers. It recounts a year in the life of a four-year-old girl named Laura who is growing up on a frontier family farm in northern Wisconsin in 1871.[1]  Written at about a fourth grade reading level, the book was the first of Wilder’s Little House books that portray the maturation of Laura from early childhood to married adult, along with her siblings and her Pa and Ma.

Little House in the Big Woods (hereafter Big Woods) is told from Laura’s perspective as she observes and participates with her Ma and Pa in performing the various tasks necessary for the family’s survival, and she comes to better understand her parents.  Pa is a self-styled rugged individualist who wants to get away from other people so that he can live however he wants, and he repeatedly moves the family from one frontier area to another toward this end.

People, however, keep catching up with Pa as frontier areas become increasingly settled, and it generally turns out that he needs these people to help him anyway.  Ma is from “the East” and is more sociable and collaborative than Pa.  Both are warm and devoted parents who make their children feel loved and safe.  Starting with Big Woods, the Little House books describe in detail the ways and means of the family’s survival as the peripatetic Pa moved his family around from place to place during the late 1800’s.

First published in 1932, Big Woods was such a big success that Wilder followed it up with eight additional Little House books during the 1930’s and early 1940’s.  The books have been continuously in-print since then, with some sixty million copies sold.  Going on ninety years since the initial publication of Big Woods, the Little House books have remained “immensely popular with generations of readers” to the present day.[2]  The books were also the basis of a popular weekly television program that was produced during the 1970’s and early 1980’s, and that continues in on-air syndication to the present day.[3]

Although the Little House books have been almost unanimously popular, there has been considerable controversy about the message they convey to readers.  While most commentators regard the books as merely warm-hearted family drama with an almost cotton candy sweetness,  others contend that the candy coating of the books covers seductively conservative political messaging.  These critics claim that while the stories are not overtly political, they covertly convey right-wing ideology through the thoughts and actions of the characters.  The books, they complain, imbue naïve young readers with the conservative political views of Wilder and her daughter Rose Lane, who ghost co-authored the later books.

Wilder and Lane were, in fact, archconservatives.  They were both adherents of libertarianism, a political ideology that opposes government, labor unions, and liberal social reforms generally, and that promotes laissez-faire individualism and the idea of the self-made person.  Lane was a colleague of the libertarian icon Ayn Rand, and is considered one of the founders of libertarianism in America.  Critics of the Little House books claim that Wilder and Lane inserted libertarian messaging into the books as a form of insidious indoctrination of young readers.[4]

In the debate about the messaging of the Little House books, interpretations tend to cluster around the two extremes of either celebrating the stories as innocently idealized portraits of a bygone way of life or condemning the books as insidious inculcation of right-wing ideology.

Wendy McClure, who has written extensively about the Little House books, is an exemplar of the former view.  She claims that “The Little House world is at once as familiar as the breakfast table and as remote as the planets in Star Wars.”  Young readers can identify with Laura and her family, she contends, but still understand that the events in the books take place long ago and far away, and that the characters’ thoughts and actions are not directly applicable to today’s world.

McClure exclaims that when she was a child, “I wanted to be in Laura World” and do all of the things Laura did in the books.  After reading about Laura doing chores, she claims that she even “wanted to do chores because of the books.”  For McClure, the books were a way to escape the banality of her everyday life, portraying a romantic past that was long gone but nice to imagine.  That is, as long she didn’t actually have to face a bear or undertake the really hard tasks that Laura did in the books.  And, McClure concludes, this innocent escapism is the main point and the enduring attraction of the books.[5]

Christine Woodside, who has also written extensively about Wilder and Lane, exemplifies the critical view of the books.  “How ‘Little House on the Prairie’ built Modern Conservatism” is the title of a recent article by Woodside, and that title pretty much summarizes her conclusions about the Little House books.  Woodside claims that the books were conceived as “anti-New Deal parables,” “extolling free-market economics,” and conveying “a clear and consistent message about the virtues of rugged individualism.”  She contends that the ethos of egoistic libertarianism permeates the books, and that generations of American children have had their political views molded and warped by the books, much to the detriment of them and the country.[6]

So, are the Little House books innocent escapism, calculated indoctrination, or maybe something else?  I think that they are something else, and that is the main theme of this essay.  I think the Little House books, and Big Woods in particular, convey a political message, but it is not the conservative message that Wilder may have intended or that Woodside and other critics detect.  I do not think that young readers will identify with the rugged individualism in the book.

To the contrary, I think that readers are more likely to identify with the cooperation and communitarianism in the book, and take away a progressive pro-social message.  It is an ironic outcome.  In making this argument, I will contrast the political messaging of Big Woods with that of Walt Disney’s Three Little Pigs, a contemporaneously published story that clearly and quite effectively promotes right-wing libertarian ideas to young readers.

Libertarian Politics in the Little House: Context is Subtext.

In deciphering the message of Big Woods, the question is not what Wilder wanted to convey but how the book is likely to strike young readers.  The answer, I think, is that whatever conservative intentions Wilder might have had, the book conveys a socially progressive message.  And I think, in this regard, that the setup and the context of the book control its message.

It is a commonplace that a story’s effect is often different than an author’s intent, and that “What may be more important than what the story is about is the way in which it is shaped.”[7]  The narrative structure and the context of a story can determine the moral of the story, irrespective of its subject matter and its author’s political orientation.[8]  In this view, context is subtext and subtext can control content, as I think it does with Big Woods.[9]

In order for a novel to serve as a vehicle for indoctrinating readers, the readers should be able to identify with the characters whose thoughts and actions are supposed to convey the message readers are intended to adopt.  In Big Woods, the character who most represents the rugged individualism that libertarians promote is Pa.  Although little Laura adores and idolizes her Pa, it is Laura, and not Pa, with whom young readers almost invariably identify.  And Laura is in no way a rugged individualist.

In turn, for a novel to serve as a vehicle of indoctrination, readers should be able to identify with the situation in the story – the context and the setting – as comparable to their own.  It is that which makes plausible the application of the thoughts and actions of the book’s characters to the readers’ own situation.  In Big Woods, the story’s setting on a frontier farm could plausibly be identified as a libertarian setting.  A frontier farm is not, however, a setting that most readers will identify with their own situations.  The situation in the book with which most readers will identify is that of a child growing up in a loving family living in difficult circumstances.  This is not a situation that conveys a libertarian message.  In fact, it is my contention that the setting conveys a pro-social message.

The opening sentence and the first two pages of the book essentially confirm this point.  They tell readers that the story is about a time and place with which readers cannot identify, but it is about a little girl with whom they can.  The first sentence goes: “Once upon a time, sixty years ago, a little girl lived in the Big Woods of Wisconsin, in a little gray house made of logs.”[10]

“Once upon a time” is a classic fairy tale opening that serves to set the unreality of the story apart from the reality of its readers.  That the story takes place a long time ago and far away from its intended readers further emphasizes the difference between the time and place of the story and its readers’ lives.  The story tells readers right off that they will not be readily able to identify with life on the frontier family farm where the book takes place.

At the same time, the opening sentence and the next two pages tell readers that the story is a about a child who lives in a precarious place.  The word “little” is used twice in the opening sentence and repeatedly throughout the book to highlight the insecurity that the girl feels, living in the midst of woods whose overwhelming size and stature the girl emphasizes by denominating them in capital letters as the “Big Woods.”  Around her, she says, there were “no houses,’ “no people,” and no living things except for “wolves…and bears and huge wild cats.”[11]

The woods are a scary place to a little child.  There is the threat of wolves and bears but, more important, there is the threat of starvation in the woods if the family does not produce and preserve enough food to last through the winter.  Like hapless characters in old time fairy tales, Laura and her family could get lost in the woods and never come out alive.  It is Laura’s feelings of insecurity and how she deals with them that young readers can identify with themselves.  That is something to which almost all kids can relate.  And that fear is not a libertarian message either.

In portraying a frontier farm family, Wilder may have thought she was describing a situation that illustrated libertarian ideals in a way that would be attractive to young readers.  What is arguably libertarian about the situation is that there is very little government of any sort in the book, and that Laura’s family seemed to get along just fine without it.  In turn, Pa was a rugged individualist who went into the woods and carved out a farm and a life for his family.

Wilder may have hoped that her young readers would see that things went well for Laura’s family in the 1870’s without government interference, and conclude that rugged individuals could make a better world for themselves and their families if only they were allowed to do what they wanted.  But this is a message that readers would get only if they could identify with the circumstances of Laura’s family and with her Pa’s individualism.  If that was Wilder’s intention, I think she failed.

There is a sharp contrast between the historical context in which the book is set and the historical context in which the book has been read.  This contrast is one of the keys to deciphering the message that the book delivers to readers.  The historical context of the events in Big Woods is the American frontier of the early 1870’s.  The historical context in which the book was written and first read was modern urban America in the 1930’s.

Most Americans in the 1870’s lived in rural areas, with some living on what could be described as a frontier.  Government in the 1870’s played a relatively small role in the daily lives of most rural people, especially on the frontier.  Government did, however, play a big role in the formation and overall functioning of rural society.  It was government, for example, that pushed Native Americans off their land so that there was an expanding frontier on which people like Pa could settle.  And it was government that coordinated and subsidized transportation networks so that farmers like Pa could get their products to urban markets and get necessities from them.

Since these government activities did not affect daily life, they don’t appear in Big Woods, which is a book about daily lifeBut that doesn’t mean government wasn’t important to frontier farmers, and doesn’t necessarily give the book an antigovernment emphasis.  In any case, even if in the context of frontier America in 1871, the libertarian ideal of rugged individualism may have had some superficial plausibility, albeit it never was a reality and never could have been, even that superficial plausibility was gone by the 1930’s.

By the 1930’s, when Big Woods was published, most Americans lived in urban areas and there was no frontier.  Most young readers of the book from that time until now have had no connection with farming, let alone frontier farming.  And by the 1930’s, most people, rural as well as urban, relied on government services of all sorts in their daily lives.  From schools to roads to garbage collection to almost every aspect of their lives, readers of Big Woods have invariably been enmeshed in government services and regulations.  The book is, therefore, about a situation that is alien to its readers, and very few readers could realistically see themselves as living in the circumstances described in the book or identify those circumstances with their own.

At the same time, the rugged individualism that is ostensibly exemplified by some of the book’s characters could not a serve as a plausible role model for the book’s readers.  Pa is a sympathetic and even to some extent a heroic character, but he is not a plausible role model.  It is Laura, the child who wants to understand what is going on around her and to join in the family’s work, who is the role model for young readers.  And that does not convey a libertarian message.

Pro-Social Politics in the Little House: Subtext controls Content.

Based on analyzing the context of the book and its setting, my conclusion is that Big Woods does not effectively convey to young readers a conservative libertarian message.  I contend that the book has, instead, the contrary effect of promoting a progressive cooperative message.  The key to this contention is the contrast between the individualistic ideology promoted by libertarians and the pro-social thoughts and actions of Laura and her family in Big Woods.

Although Pa seems to see himself as some kind of rugged macho individualist, the book portrays him as a full and willing participant in the intensely cooperative way of life both within Laura’s family and within the local community.  Everyone in the book is primarily engaged in helping everyone else and being helped by them, including Pa.  For example, the whole community of farmers comes together to help each other harvest their wheat in the autumn, which an individual farmer would be hard-pressed to do alone.  Pa is all-in on that cooperation.[12]

It is also significant, I think, that collaborative Ma plays a role in the book at least equal to that of ruggedly individualistic Pa.  In an era and area of the country that was without ice boxes, let alone refrigerators, Ma’s job of properly preserving food for the winter, most of which she had herself grown, was critical to the family’s survival.  It is the most important task in the family.  The fact that Ma plays such a prominent role, and that the protagonist of the story is a girl who understands, explains to us readers, and participates in the intricate tasks of family survival, makes the book what could be called a proto-feminist story.

The predominant ethos in the book is, therefore, cooperative, and not individualistic.  Although a frontier setting could theoretically provide a context in which the idea of individualism might seem plausible, the story highlights cooperation instead.  Laura’s family operated as a cooperative unit, had cooperative relations with neighboring farmers that were crucial to getting important tasks done, maintained connections with a nearby town that were critical to getting many of the family’s necessities and selling the family’s produce, and cultivated social relations with neighbors.  Laura recounts joyfully the visits from extended family members and friends, the family’s weekly attendance at a local church, and the family’s going to town.[13]

In highlighting cooperation on the frontier, Big Woods mirrors historical reality, the truth of the frontier, regardless of Wilder’s ideological inclinations.  Frontier settlements were built by settlers, with the emphasis on the plural.  There were very few hermitic mountain men, and almost none of them had families.  While the idea of living in a wilderness without government is something about which people, both young and old, might like to fantasize, it was never a reality and is not something that even most fourth graders would think is a realistic option.

The image of the frontier as a place of rugged individualism was largely a literary fantasy created by writers who had never been there.  It was a fantasy that had been pretty much exploded by the time Wilder wrote her books.  It survives today only among right-wing anti-government fanatics who live in so-called Red States that are, in fact, dependent for survival on largess from the federal government that is paid for by taxpayers in the urbanized Blue States.

Small family farms are, of course, not a fantasy.  They existed when Big Woods was written in the 1930’s and still exist today, but they have always been closely tied to urban markets and urban culture.  Starting in the 1890’s, for example, farmers were able to order almost anything they wanted from the Sears Catalog and have it delivered to wherever they lived.  Being connected to the wider world is what historically has made rural life possible and tolerable.  Although there have periodically been back-to-the-land movements in favor of living on small farms, those movements have not exemplified libertarian ideology or rugged individualism.

During the Great Depression of the 1930’s, for example, the federal government encouraged unemployed urban workers to settle on small farms as a means of family subsistence.  But these farms were not like the one Wilder portrays in her book.  They were not ruggedly individualistic enterprises.  They were, instead, organized and financially supported by the government, and the farmers were organized into cooperatives for mutual support.  Conservatives at the time derided these efforts as unAmerican socialism.

During the 1960’s, countercultural radicals encouraged young people to get back to the land as a form of environmental authenticity.  But these, too, were cooperative efforts at what was considered an anarchistic form of socialism.  And they were explicitly opposed to the free-market capitalism championed by libertarians.  These, too, were derided by conservatives.

Finally, since the 1990’s, environmental activists have encouraged people to get back to the land to promote organic and environmentally friendly farming methods.  But, again, these have mostly been cooperative enterprises and explicitly pro-social endeavors that are opposed to egoistic individualism and free-market capitalism.  And they have been derided by conservatives.

In sum, insofar as Big Woods makes family farming look attractive, it is ironically more likely to encourage readers toward pro-social liberalism rather than right-wing libertarianism.

A Strangely Popular Book.

The irony of Big Woods extends beyond its message because the book also seems a peculiar candidate for popularity among young readers.  It is not thrilling.  There is little action, no real conflict, and not much suspense.  There are no young heroes, no children in distress, and no battles.  It is not the stuff of which most popular fourth-graders’ reading is generally made.

Big Woods is a tame book that portrays the mundane challenges of everyday farm life during the 1870’s.  There is little plot in the book.  It merely recounts the tasks the family must undertake during the various seasons of the year, from autumn to autumn.  The story consists of a series of episodes in which the family faces and solves domestic problems.  There is no overarching problem and no plot resolution at the end of the book, merely the beginning of another year.

A distinguishing feature of the book is that it not only tells a story about people living on a farm but also describes with exacting specificity how they lived there.  Big Woods is effectively a how-to-do-it handbook for living on a frontier farm.  Better than a Boy Scout Manual, it describes in detail how a person could build a cabin, slaughter a pig, preserve foods, and do a score of other things necessary for survival.  I believe that one could go into the woods and successfully make one’s way with a few tools and this book.

So, what makes for the continuing popularity of the book?  Some reviewers credit the popularity of the Little House books to “their art, their precision of language and depth of characterization.”[14]  That is, they are well-written and that is something which fourth graders would be able to appreciate.  Others contend the books’ popularity is based on the warm-hearted domesticity of Laura’s family that gives comfort to young readers.  Young readers caught up in the emotional, physical, and intellectual turmoil of their preteen years can appreciate the comforting quality of the family life in the books.[15]

Still others claim that the rugged individualism in the books has a subliminal appeal to rebellious pre-teens seeking some independence from their parents, teachers, and social controls generally, and for whom an escape to the woods would seem attractive.  This is essentially the theme of critics such as Christine Woodside who claim that the rebellious instincts of preteens are then channeled by the books in a right-wing political direction.[16]

In the view of these critics, the appeal of Big Woods to preteens would be of essentially the same sort that makes Ayn Rand’s books popular among teenagers. Teenagers, even more than preteens, almost invariably struggle to assert themselves against institutional conformity and to develop their own individual identities.  It is a stage of social and psychological development when Rand’s libertarian ideas look good to many high school seniors and college freshmen.  Fortunately, it is a stage that quickly passes with most of them.

In any case, there is a big difference between the contexts of Wilder’s and Rand’s books, and I think that makes a big difference in their effect on readers.  Rand’s books are set within modern-day urban industrial society, and deal with individuals battling against big corporate and big governmental institutions.  Although Rand’s characters and plots are incredible, they at least touch on a present-day reality with which readers can identify.  This realistic context helps make them effective as vehicles of indoctrination, at least for the short run with most readers.

Wilder’s books, however, are set in a time and place that have no connection with present-day reality, and the meanings and messages of her books are mediated by the historical context in which her audience reads them.  The books are set in a long-gone time and place with which few readers can identify.  As such, I don’t think they can work as an outlet for preteen rebelliousness, and so that can’t be a significant reason for their popularity.

In sum, I don’t think the popularity of Big Woods can be satisfactorily explained by either the high quality of the writing of the book, the comforting domesticity of the book’s setting, or the rebellious individualism of some of the book’s characters.  I think there are at least two other reasons for the popularity of Big Woods.  The first is the handbook quality of the book, which enables readers to gain a vicarious competency in the skills described therein, and the second is the way in which the book fits in with the conventional elementary school social studies curriculum.  These are not very exciting reasons, but I think they explain a lot.

Coping through Cooperation: Vicarious Competency.

Wilder’s childhood as a frontier farmgirl is the stuff of which Big Woods is made, and the book portrays her childhood in an alien old world to young readers in the modern new world.  The book has a feeling of authenticity because Wilder had lived in both worlds and could convincingly convey life in the old to kids in the new.  It is like a story of life on Mars told by a Martian.  She could make it feel like the real deal.

Life in the big woods is precarious, and it is how Laura deals with it that I think is a main reason for the book’s popularity.  In showing how Laura and her family subsist in the woods, Wilder helps young readers develop what could be called a vicarious competency.  The book is about learning to cope in a precarious environment that as a child you know little about, in a setting in which you are small and seemingly insignificant, but in which you can learn to survive if you work with others.  That is for most readers, I think, the moral and message of the book and the main reason for its popularity.

The story opens in the autumn and moves through the seasons, ending with the coming of the next autumn.  There are thirteen chapters.  In about half of the book’s chapters Pa’s skills are highlighted, in the other half Ma’s are emphasized.  The first chapter of the book sets the tone and the agenda for the rest.  Having established the precariousness of the little girl’s existence, something that is repeatedly emphasized throughout the book, Wilder moves into the main subject of the first chapter, which is getting the family ready for winter.

Pa hunts, fishes, and preserves his catch.  He nails together a makeshift outdoor oven to cure meat.  Ma gathers in their fruits and vegetables, and preserves them.  Significantly, Ma takes the lead in most of food preparation and preservation.  Also, significantly, they use salt and nails that they bought in a nearby town where Pa also sold animal pelts to get money to buy the things, thereby pointing out the family’s dependence on the wider world for their survival.

The efficiency and efficacy of the family’s coping methods are demonstrated by the way the family uses everything for a purpose.  They waste not in order, hopefully, to want not.  They slaughter a pig, for example, and use the whole of the animal.  They cure the meat, make lard out of the fat, use the skin for clothing, and make a ball by blowing up the pig’s bladder.  This how-to-do-it specificity highlights the differences between the old and new worlds. Few of Wilder’s readers would be able to identify with making a ball out of a pig’s bladder.  But they would find it interesting and fun to find out how to do it, and to see that it is something they could do if they lived in Laura’s world.  Young readers gain a form of vicarious competency by seeing how to do things in Laura’s world, and get some reassurance that they might be similarly able to cope in their own world.

It is also fun to imagine yourself making the things and performing the tasks that Wilder describes so clearly in what could almost be a set of farming-for-dummies instructions.  It gives you a sense of confidence that you could do things that you would never have thought you could do.  Not that you would ever want to slaughter a pig or skin a deer.  But with this book in hand, you could.  And I think that is a big part of the book’s popularity.

The underlying message conveyed to young readers is that the world is not such a bewildering place that it can’t be coped with, and that coping is conceivable in even the most difficult situations.  That the protagonist is a girl is one of the reasons for the book’s popularity among girls.  But it is also popular among boys. It emphasizes that kids can understand and do things.  Laura can understand them, and the reader can, too.  Laura can do things, and so can the reader.  

Moreover, you don’t have to try to cope with the world by yourself.  Coping is a cooperative effort.  All members of a family, even kids, can make a contribution, and families can work with neighbors to make things work.  The message is just the opposite of the libertarian go-it-alone-and-by-yourself credo.  Libertarian individualism is, in fact, a scary proposition for most kids who can feel overwhelmed by the size and complexity of things.  Competency and cooperation are the messages of the book and that, I think, is a key reason for the book’s popularity.

Expanding Horizons: It takes a Family, a Village, a State, a Country, a World.

A second key reason for the book’s popularity is that it fits in well with the focus of the social studies curricula adopted by most elementary schools.  The book reinforces the emphasis on cooperation that has been a main theme of the elementary school curriculum, especially in social studies, for over one hundred years.

During the early twentieth century, self-styled progressive educators developed new methods of creative and cooperative teaching and learning that they hoped would replace the rote and competitive learning methods that had predominated in public schools since their initial development in the 1840’s.  The idea of free universal public education had been a revolutionary idea in the mid-nineteenth century. It was a response to the rapid urbanization of the country, and the influx into the cities of people from rural areas of the United States and foreign countries.

The goal was to teach the children of these people the literacy skills and the orderly habits that it was thought necessary for people to productively live and work in a city.  It was a massive task getting enough teachers and schools to teach such large numbers of students, and a major challenge developing workable methods and materials to teach these new students.

The solution to these problems was in the methods of the modern factory.  The mid-nineteenth century was when the industrial revolution began in America, and when assembly-line factories that produced large quantities of standardized goods began to replace the workshops in which craftsmen produced individual hand-made goods.  Given the success of the factory model in the mass production of goods, the factory model was adopted for the mass production of educated young people.  Toward this end, educators quickly developed standardized methods of rote teaching and learning, standardized textbooks of facts and moral maxims to be recited, and standardized tests of remembered facts. The method was called common schooling because it was both democratic for the common people and because everyone learned the same things.

Grade levels were invented, and learning requirements were broken up into standardized packages of information and skills to be learned at each grade level.  Students had to pass the tests for each grade level in order to move up to the next grade.  Schools became assembly lines in which students were processed from grade to grade as they were manufactured into educated and well-behaved children.  Competition was encouraged among students as to who could best remember the required facts and moral maxims, and who could be best behaved.  It was an education intended to produce orderly, well-behaved assembly-line factory workers.

The growth of the public schools during the nineteenth century was remarkable.  Mass production methods proved excellent for quickly getting a school system up and running, and for making Americans the most literate population in the world at that time.  But beyond basic literacy and numeracy, the quality of the education in the public schools was poor.  And the psychological toll on students being processed in this way was significant.  It was not a system geared toward creative and critical thinking and, as such, did not prepare young people for the innovative post-industrial society that was developing at the turn of the twentieth century.

Educational reformers at the turn of the twentieth century came up with several different ideas of how better to teach students.[17]   Progressivism was the name of a method developed by John Dewey and other similarly-minded educators.  Progressives advocated an interdisciplinary school curriculum, and a teaching methodology that promoted critical thinking.  Instead of the rote learning of separate subjects, they emphasized solving real-life problems using every subject as it was relevant to the problem.  They claimed that this is the way knowledge is used in the real world, so it is the best way to learn.  And instead of competition, progressives emphasized cooperation as a teaching method, an ethical practice, and a practical skill for the real world.

Progressives sought to break away from the conformity and competition of common schooling, but in the direction of individuality not individualism.  Instead of the individualism promoted by conservatives in which everyone was for themselves and against everyone else, progressives promoted individuality in which everyone was with and for others in their own individual way.  Progressives moved away from the moralistic maxims of common schooling – mainly “thou shalt nots” – to a cooperative ethos based around the Golden Rule of treating each other with respect.  In the context of our largely collectivist modern society, they deemed an ethics of cooperation to be not only more humane, but also more practical than the self-centered moralism of common schooling.

Progressivism was also the name of a liberal political movement in the early twentieth century to which most of these educators belonged.[18]  They believed that progressive educational methods would lead children to become progressive adults who would work toward a more progressive society.  Progressives promoted liberalism in its original definition as being open-minded and open-handed, tolerant and generous, doing things with and for others, as opposed to the emphasis in libertarianism on doing everything by and for oneself.  Cooperation was the key.

Not surprisingly, conservatives have perennially been opposed to the progressives’ political and educational ideas.  And although progressive methods have been widely taught in teacher preparation programs over the last one hundred years, conservatives have been largely successful in keeping secondary school curricula and methods in line with common schooling.  Progressive methods have, however, been largely adopted in the lower grades of the public schools.

Preschools, kindergartens, and the first four grades of elementary school have almost universally emphasized creativity and cooperation as major behavioral and intellectual themes in their curricula.  Given the dire circumstances of many public schools – overcrowded classrooms, inadequately trained and poorly paid teachers, among other things – these themes are often more honored in the breach.  The goal, however, has been to teach students to express themselves while sharing and cooperating with each other.  Individuality through collegiality.

Students are also taught about current and past examples of people cooperating with each other.  Science education generally includes learning about the scientific method in which progress has historically been made through scientists contributing to and critiquing each other’s work, and in which a scientist’s result is not accepted as valid unless and until it has been publicly disclosed so that others can replicate the methods and the results of the scientist.  Collegiality is the key.

Elementary school social studies has been largely based on an “Expanding Horizons” curriculum that starts by focusing on the family, and then moves outward to the neighborhood, the city, the state, the country, and the world.  Cooperation among people, social groups, and governmental entities make up the core of the curriculum.  Big Woods, with its focus on cooperation within the family and the local community, fits right in with this progressive curriculum.  I think the popularity of the book stems in large part from teachers feeling comfortable in assigning it to their students, and from the comfort and familiarity children feel with the book’s message.

Three Little Pigs in the Big Woods: A Libertarian’s Ideal.

Whatever Wilder’s intentions might have been, Big Woods does not promote libertarianism.  For a brilliant attempt to indoctrinate young people in right-wing individualist ideology, Walt Disney’s The Three Little Pigs provides a prime example.  In the spring of 1933, a few months after the publication of Big Woods, Walt Disney released an animated cartoon called The Three Little Pigs that was soon published as a children’s book of the same name.  The cartoon and the book were instant classics that have been in syndication and in print ever since.[19]

The Three Little Pigs was a traditional European folk tale that was adapted by Disney for American audiences in the 1930’s.  In Disney’s hands, the story became a vehicle for indoctrinating children with right-wing political ideas, and it offers a significant contrast with the story in Big Woods.  A summary of Disney’s story is:

Once upon a time, there were three little pigs.  The pigs, having apparently reached adolescence, were forced by their mother to leave home and make their own way in the world.  So, each of them went off by himself to build a house in the woods. Two of the pigs were foolish and lazy, and they built houses of straw and sticks respectively.  The third pig was wise and hardworking, so he built a house of bricks.  A big, bad wolf came along and easily destroyed the houses of the two foolish pigs.  They barely escaped with their lives before he could eat them.  The wolf could not destroy the brick house, however, so he tried to trick the third pig into coming outside.  But the wise pig was not fooled.  Instead, he tricked the wolf into coming down the chimney of the house, at which point the wolf fell into a pot of boiling water and ran away with a scorched rear end.

Disney was one of the greatest storytellers of all time.  He was also not shy about the fact that he wanted to use his stories to teach children what he considered to be proper moral values.  So, like all Disney stories, The Three Little Pigs is full of lessons that we can glean from the setup of the story, the nature of the story’s characters, and the thoughts and actions of the characters.

The first lesson is that in this world it’s every pig for himself.  The fatherless pigs (no telling where or what happened to him) are abandoned by their mother when they were still little (hence the name of the story).  Significantly, the pig brothers did not work together to build a house but went off individually.  The moral is that you are on your own in this world.  You’ve got to take care of yourself first and foremost.  You cannot rely on anyone, not even your mother.  And this message of extreme self-reliance is, not coincidentally, the libertarian credo.

A second lesson of the story is that difference is dangerous, and you cannot trust anyone who is not like you.  The sympathetic characters are all pinkish pigs.  The evil character is a black wolf.  In the context of the story, the pigs are right to be afraid of an animal that is not like them.  If a story puts together carnivorous animals and their natural prey, then the moral of the story cannot be interspecies harmony.  Or interracial harmony when the carnivorous animal represents black people and the prey represents white people.  Setting up the story in this way once again promotes an individualist, everyone-for-himself moral, and with a racist twist.

The racial implications of Disney’s story are seemingly no accident, especially when you consider that most adolescent pigs are not pinkish and most wolves are not black.  Disney went out of his way to set things up like this.  In any case, the racism reflects the dramatic imagery of America in the 1930’s.  During the 1930’s, if you wanted to make something scary for mainstream, pinkish American audiences, you made it big and black.  Once again, the moral is that you cannot trust anyone, especially those who are different.

In conveying his messages, Disney takes advantage of the natural fears of little children who are facing a big world full of big people, and who are not able to understand much of what goes on or how they might make their way and defend themselves.  Disney expects little kids to identify with the anthropomorphic little pigs, and understand that they must look out for number-one first and foremost.  The contrast between Disney’s and Wilder’s stories in this regard is enormous.

In Big Woods, little Laura has loving parents to take care of her, siblings with whom she can work and play, and a neighborly community from which she and her family can get help.  Everyone is helping each other.  By contrast, the three little pigs have seemingly been abandoned first by their father and now by their mother.  They won’t cooperate with each other.  And they have been thrown into a community of vicious neighbors.  Each is perilously on his own.  While Disney’s is a story of every pig for himself, Wilder’s is a story of one-for-all-and-all-for-one.  And Wilder’s story conveys a progressive sentiment even if in supposedly libertarian clothing.

Bigotry in the Big Woods.

Big Woods says virtually nothing about the Native Americans in the 1870’s who until very recently had occupied the land in Wisconsin that Pa and other white people now occupied.  That silence seems to indicate that Wilder viewed the rights of Native Americans and the wrongs done to them as not worth discussing.  It is seemingly evidence of callousness on Wilder’s part.  But it also might indicate that given mainstream attitudes toward Native Americans during the 1930’s, Wilder did not want to write the derogatory things about them that her audience might have expected of her.

Disney’s Three Little Pigs exemplifies the mainstream racial attitudes of white Americans during the 1930’s.  Most were in favor of segregating supposedly dangerous and dissolute minorities, which included blacks, Jews, Asians, and Indians.  Wilder’s portrayal of black people and Native Americans in the Little House books is a mixed bag.  Some of her characters say and do racist things, others don’t.  On the whole, it is not a good picture.[20]  But her attitudes do not come close to Disney’s racism, and her characters’ attitudes do not reflect the vicious racism that was common during the 1870’s when her book takes place.  Genocide against Indians and almost daily lynching of blacks were the generally accepted theory and practice of that time.

The point is that Big Woods and the other Little House novels may not be as bad on racial matters as they could have been and would have been if they reflected the mainstream opinions of white people in the 1870’s or 1930’s, but they are still not good.  As such, parents, teachers, and readers need to approach the books with a critical mindset as they should any book, but even more so with novels from the past like Big Woods that reflect past prejudices.

Coda: In Search of Lost Time.

When Wilder wrote Big Woods, she was some sixty-years old writing through the eyes of her four-year-old self.  The book has the feel of someone trying to recover her past and make it live again.  Little Laura’s closing words are particularly poignant in this regard as “She thought to herself ‘This is now,’” and concludes with what seems almost a prayer from the author put into the mouth of the little girl that “now is now. It can never be a long time ago.” [21]  Writing this essay as a seventy-five-year-old who tries to remember and relive his past, I can identify with her sentiment.

BW 1/2020

[1] Laura Ingalls Wilder. Little House in the Big Woods. New York: Scholastic Inc, 1960.

[2] Amy Fatzinger. “Learning from Laura Ingalls Wilder.” The Atlantic.  9/9/18.

[3] Maria Russo. “Finding America, Both Read and Blue, in the ‘Little House’ books.”  The New York Times. 2/17/17.

[4] Some critics have, in turn, claimed that the Little House TV show reflected the conservative views of Michael Landon, the star and sometimes writer, director and producer of the show.  Landon was a staunch right-wing Republican, and a friend and fervent supporter of Ronald Reagan when Reagan ran for President during the time Landon was working on the Little House show.  Critics claim that he carried Wilder’s libertarian conservatism forward into the show.

[5] Wendy McClure.  “Why I still love the ‘Little House on the Prairie’ Books.” The Atlantic. 4/8/11.  See also, Amy Fatzinger. “Learning from Laura Ingalls Wilder.” The Atlantic.  9/9/18.  Maria Russo. “Finding America, Both Read and Blue, in the ‘Little House’ books.”  The New York Times. 2/17/17.

[6] Christine Woodside. “How ‘Little House on the Prairie’ built Modern Conservatism.”  See also, Shannon Henry Kleiber.  “Little Lie in the Big Woods.” To the Best of Our Knowledge. 7/10/19.

[7] Peter Hunt.  Criticism, Theory and Children’s Literature. Cambridge, MA, 1991. P.73.

[8] Carol Witherell et al. 1995. “Narrative Landscapes and the Moral Imagination.” in Narrative in Teaching, Learning and Research. Edited by McEwan & K. Egan. New York: Teachers College Press,1995. P.40.

[9] For a discussion of the messaging in children’s books, I have an essay on this blog titled “What to do about the Big Bad Wolf: Narrative Choices and the Moral of a Story.”

[10] Wilder, P.1.

[11] Wilder. Pp.2-3.

[12] Wilder, P.199.

[13] Wilder.  Pp.64, 88, 163, 177.

[14] Elaine Showalter. “At 150, Laura Ingalls Wilder still speaks to readers old and new.” Washington Post. 2/16/17.

[15] Wendy McClure.  “Why I still love the ‘Little House on the Prairie’ Books.” The Atlantic. 4/8/11.

[16] Christine Woodside. “How ‘Little House on the Prairie’ built Modern Conservatism.”

[17] For a discussion of educational reform movements, I have an essay on this blog titled “Struggling to Raise the Norm: Essentialism, Progressivism and the Persistence of Common/Normal Schooling in America.”

[18] See John Dewey. Liberalism and Social Action. New York: P.G. Putnam’s Sons, 1935.

[19] Walt Disney.  “The Three Little Pigs” Pp. 69-84. in Walt Disney’s Classic Storybook. New York: Disney Press., 2001. Pp.69-84.

[20] Maria Russo. “Finding America, Both Read and Blue, in the ‘Little House’ books.”  The New York Times. 2/17/17.

[21] Wilder. P.238.

So what if Horton heard a Who? The Ethics of Hobbes, Hutcheson and Dr. Seuss in the Age of Trump.

So what if Horton heard a Who?

The Ethics of Hobbes, Hutcheson and Dr. Seuss in the Age of Trump.

Burton Weltman

Horton’s World: A person is a person, no matter how small.

In Dr. Seuss’ story Horton Hears a Who!, Horton is an elephant who lives in a jungle.  Since elephants have big ears, Horton is able to hear a tiny voice emanating from a tiny person on a speck of dust that is a tiny world.  The tiny person, who says he is a Who, is calling for help because the tiny world of the Whos has come unmoored and is blowing in the wind toward a pond in which the Whos will all drown.  To save the Whos, Horton grabs the speck of dust and places it on a flower.  He then promises the Whos that he will plant the flower in a safe place to secure their long-term safety.

But Horton is overheard by a group of his friends, a diverse bunch of animals, none of whom has ears as big as an elephant’s and none of whom can hear the Whos.  To them, Horton is seemingly talking to a flower, and they think he is delusional.  To save Horton from his delusions, they overpower him, seize the flower, and declare their intention to destroy it.  Horton resists and prevails upon the Whos to shout in unison until, finally, when the last little Who child adds his small voice to the chorus, Horton’s colleagues can hear the Whos clamoring for help.  At this point, they immediately adopt Horton’s mantra that “A person is a person, no matter how small,” and the book ends with them pledging to help him protect the Whos’ world.

But why?  Why should Horton’s jungle mates care about protecting a bunch of insignificant creatures on a minuscule piece of dust?  The answer to that question is the key to the moral and the message of this story, and most of Dr. Seuss’s other stories as well.  The story is not merely about Horton’s heroics, it is even more about the willingness of his colleagues to change their minds when confronted with convincing evidence, and their ability to demonstrate empathy toward other creatures no matter how different and how insignificant.

The world of Dr. Seuss is one in which people care for each other, differences among people can be reconciled, and one can reasonably expect people to be reasonable.  This, I contend, is one of the main reasons Dr. Seuss’s stories remain enormously popular among parents and children some sixty to eighty years after their publication.  And, I contend as well, the continuing popularity of Dr. Seuss’s books is a sign of hope for us in the coming Age of Trump.

Hobbes, Hutcheson, and Horton: All against all, or all for one and one for all.

The moral and message of a story are contained not merely in the words and actions of the main characters, but in those of the surrounding characters and in the overall ambience of the story.[1]  Does a story portray the struggles of heroically good individuals against a corrupt society and a generally malignant populace?  Or does it portray the efforts of good people to convince other basically good people to do the right thing?  The messages of these two types of stories are very different as to what children will face in the world and how they should behave.  The former message is the gist of the philosophy of Thomas Hobbes, a mid-seventeenth century English thinker.  The latter is the gist of the philosophy of Francis Hutcheson, an early eighteenth century Scottish thinker.

Anglo-American ethical thinking has been dominated by two main streams of thought since the eighteenth century, streams which are represented by Hobbes and Hutcheson.  Hobbes claimed that humans are essentially selfish, and that society is a zero-sum game in which one person’s gain is another person’s loss.  The suffering of others is nothing compared to the convenience to ourselves, Hobbes contended.  Life is a war of all against all.  If Hobbes were writing the story of Horton and the Whos, the story would likely end with Horton’s colleagues destroying the flower, since protecting the Whos was too much trouble, and who cares about Whos anyways.

Hobbes’s ethical position has been advanced over the centuries by a long train of social thinkers.  The position was represented in the eighteenth century by Bernard Mandeville’s advocacy of cutthroat laissez-faire capitalism because “Private vice makes for public good.”  That is, cheating, bullying, lying, greed, self-indulgence, and meanness are what make the world go around.  In the nineteenth century, this philosophy was represented by the so-called Social Darwinism of William Graham Sumner.  The rich are rich, Sumner claimed, because they are better people.  The poor deserve their poverty because they are worse.

In the twentieth century, Hobbes’s war of all against all was rationalized in the trickle-down theories of David Stockman.  It is better for everyone, he claimed, if the rich get richer because some of their wealth will trickle down to the poor.  The stock in trade of plutocrats in all ages, Hobbes’s thinking is currently the mantra of Donald Trump, for whom little people and refugees like the Whos are merely losers to be set aside while winners like him get on with life.

Hutcheson represented a contrary position.  He contended that humans are essentially social, and that society should be properly understood and operated on a mutual aid basis in which the gain of each is the gain of all.  He claimed that people are essentially empathetic, and that we inevitably share in the suffering and happiness of others.  Denying our responsibility for others in pursuit of selfish individualism is a self-defeating proposition, which only leaves one insecure and a loser, no matter how much one ostensibly wins.  Triumph over others is defeat for oneself.

In the eighteenth century, Hutcheson’s position was represented by Thomas Jefferson in The Declaration of Independence.  Jefferson took the phrase “pursuit of happiness” directly from Hutcheson, for whom it meant seeking one’s own happiness through helping others.  Pace Donald Trump and his Tea Party haters, the country was actually founded in empathy.

In the nineteenth century, Hutcheson’s theory was reflected in the cooperative ideas of Jane Addams, whose Hull House was a model of sharing and caring.  In the twentieth century, it was represented in Franklin Roosevelt’s declaration of the Four Freedoms to which all people are entitled – freedom of speech and expression, freedom of religion, freedom from want, and freedom from fear.  Embodied in the phrase one for all and all for one, the theory has been the stock in trade of liberals in all ages.  It has been the gist of Barack Obama’s slogan “Yes, we can,” with the emphasis on the “we,” and is currently the mantra of Bernie Sanders.  And it is the moral represented by Horton and his friends.[2]

Dr. Seuss’s World: Doing the Right Thing.

Dr. Seuss’s stories are above all else about our responsibility for each other and, especially, the responsibility of those with power to assist those without.  Sharing and caring are the keys.  The tension in his stories generally comes from disagreements about what is the responsible thing to do.  In Horton Hears a Who, it is the disagreement between Horton, who insists that he must protect the Whos, and Horton’s colleagues, who insist that they must help free Horton from his delusions.  But once Horton’s friends realize that Horton is not delusional, they immediately accept their responsibility as more powerful creatures to help the less powerful Whos.

One of the important points in the book is that no one, no matter how big and powerful, can succeed on his/her own.   Horton the elephant is by far the biggest animal in the story, but even he is liable to be overpowered by the combined efforts of the other smaller jungle animals.  Success, Dr. Seuss is saying, is social.  In turn, no one is too small and weak to make a difference.  It was the squeak of the last and smallest Who that finally enabled Horton’s friends to hear the Whos, and to realize the harm they were about to do. Failure, Dr. Seuss warns, can be individual.  So, everyone must help.  This message permeates all of Dr. Seuss’s books.

In Horton Hatches the Egg, Horton once again accepts a responsibility to take care of someone at risk, in this case a bird’s egg that has been abandoned by its mother.  Horton sits for what seems like months on the egg, through storm and stress, consoling himself with the mantra that “An elephant’s faithful – one hundred per cent.”  When the egg finally hatches, the infant is half bird and half elephant, a biological impossibility, but an ethical justice.  Most important, no one in the story rejects the baby elephant-bird as deformed or different.  The story is not just about Horton’s faithfulness, and the duty of those with power to help those without, but also about the willingness of others to accept diversity.

In Green Eggs and Ham, the conventional tables are turned, and an adult is being harassed by a child to try something new and different, something the adult thinks he won’t like.  It is normally the case that children are adjured by parents, teachers and other adults to try new things, things the kids think they won’t like.  In the end, the adult tries the green eggs and ham, and finds that he likes them.  The key to the story is that the adult is willing to admit he was wrong.  He does not merely try the green eggs and ham to get the kid off his back, and then save face by insisting that he still does not like them.  He is willing to swallow his pride, along with the green eggs and ham.  This is another instance of those with power accepting responsibility to support others.

Most of Dr. Seuss’ other stories – from The Sneetches to Yertle the Turtle to The Lorax to How the Grinch Stole Christmas and The Butter Battle Book – turn in the end on the idea that most people will do the right thing, the socially responsible and cooperative thing, if and when they realize what needs to be done.  Dr. Seuss is not a Pollyanna.  There are bad people in his books, and bad things happen to good people in his stories.  But there is always the possibility of reconciliation and consensus as an outcome.

Dr. Seuss treats what used to be called “the common man” and “the people” with respect.  People may be wrong, wrong-headed and ignorant, but they are not idiots.  He would seemingly support Lincoln’s claim that you can fool all of the people some of the time, and some of the people all of the time, but you cannot fool all of the people all of the time.  Dr. Seuss’s stories illustrate Lincoln’s adage, with the underlying assumption that most people can be reasoned with, and will change their minds and ways when they are given adequate evidence and appropriate arguments.

In this respect, Dr. Seuss’s stories stand in sharp contrast to children’s stories in which characters inevitably and irreconcilably fight one another, and in which the world is chronically ominous, dangerous and downright scary.  The stories of the three little pigs and the big bad wolf, Tweety Bird and Sylvester the Cat, and the Road Runner and Wiley Coyote are prime examples of this.  In these stories, large predator animals seek to kill small prey animals.  Given their biological differences and genetic imperatives, there is no basis for reconciliation or consensus between the enemies.  The large animals are meat eaters, and the small animals are their meat.

In these stories, the small animals are made to look and sound like little children.  Since small children are intended to identify with the small creatures, these stories portray a scary world for children.  And even though there is some consolation in that the predators in the stories never get their prey, the message to children is that the world is a dangerous place full of big creatures trying to kill little creatures like themselves.  In a similar way, stories such as “Sleeping Beauty” and “Snow White,” in which an innocent young heroine is threatened by an evil adult witch, convey to children the message that evil is real, that evil is all around us, and that you can never tell who is hiding their evil intentions behind a benign smile.

These stories represent the world that Donald Trump inhabits, a realm of false smiles and perpetual fighting for domination, in which doing dirty unto others before they can do unto you is the law of the land.  But Trump’s world is even scarier than these storybook worlds, because in his world the three little pigs, Tweety Bird, and the Road Runner would be considered weaklings and losers, and they would get eaten.  Trump’s is a world in which sharing and caring, doing the responsible and empathetic thing, have no place.

Trump’s America.  Or is it?

I think that those of us who are appalled at the election of Donald Trump as President of the United States need to distinguish between three things to be able go forward with some degree of optimism.  We need to distinguish between Trump the person, Trump the President, and Trump the ostensible representative of the American people.

Trump the person is abominable, and he is a classic loser despite his success.  The man is without couth or class and, seemingly, without conscience.   He is a perpetual adolescent, trying to assert himself amongst people whom he secretly seemingly sees as superior to himself.  So, he denigrates them, but he is really denigrating himself in the process.  He is a bully who relies on others to fight his battles, a billionaire who took his father’s money and did very little with it, a businessman whose only successful business has been in selling his name to a credulous portion of the public.  His racism, misogyny, ethnocentrism, and selfish self-centeredness represent most of the worst elements in American society.  As I write this essay, he is a seventy-year old man about to become the most powerful person in the world, but he is still acting out in tweets and in rants the insecurity of a pimply adolescent.

As awful as Trump is as a person, it is not clear that he will be able to translate all that awfulness into his presidency.  As President, he will need to cope with his own ignorance, incompetence and short attention span.  He will also need to deal with a sharply divided Republican Party, most of whose leaders dislike him, and with a Congress, most of whose members face election in less than two years.   He will also face a public that does not like him, and that gave his opponent a significant majority of the popular vote in the election.  So, it is not clear how much of his awfulness can be translated into policy.

Finally, it is quite clear that Trump does not represent the values and political preferences of a majority of the American people.  He not only lost the popular vote, but it seems that most of his votes came from people who were opposed to Clinton, not in favor of him.  There is a plethora of reasons why he won the election or, rather, why Hillary Clinton lost the election, and his candidacy and election have unleashed some of the worst elements and tendencies in our society.  But it is not the case that the populace has in recent years turned to the far right.  And the continued popularity of Dr. Seuss is one small proof.

Dr. Seuss’s characters represent almost all that is best about America, and not merely his main characters, the heroes of the stories, but the supporting cast as well.  That is the key to the morals and ethics of his stories.  Most of us see ourselves not as heroes, but as members of the supporting cast in society.  Dr. Seuss portrays his supporting cast of characters as basically good people, who are empathetic and responsible.  That is the role in which he casts people like most of us and our children in his books.  He tells us and our kids that good in the world comes not merely from powerful heroic individuals such as Horton, but from the support of ordinary people like us who end up supporting Horton.  That parents and children continue to find comfort, amusement and instruction in Dr. Seuss’s stories is a source of hope that the ethics of Horton and Hutcheson will prevail in the long run, and that we will emerge as a decent society from the reign of Donald Trump.

[1] For a discussion of storytelling and the moral messages of different narrative forms, I have posted an essay on this blog site entitled “What to do about the Big Bad Wolf: Narrative Choices and the Moral of a Story.”

[2] For a discussion of the devolution of conservatism and the evolution of liberalism in America, I have posted an essay entitled “Do unto others before they do unto you: The Devolution of Conservatism from Burke to Trump and the Evolution of Pragmatic Liberalism from Madison to Obama” on this blog site.

 

The Will to Believe and “The Wizard of Oz”: Pragmatism and Progressivism along the Yellow Brick Road. It’s Really about the Wizard.

The Will to Believe and The Wizard of Oz:

Pragmatism and Progressivism along the Yellow Brick Road.  

It’s Really about the Wizard.

 Burton Weltman

“Do you believe in the magic in a young girl’s heart?…

If you believe in magic, come along with me.”

The Lovin’ Spoonful.

The Conventional Misreading of the Wizard of Oz as a Paean to Individualism.

“Oz never gave nothing to the Tin Man

That he didn’t, didn’t already have before.”

 America.

The Wizard of Oz has had a magical history.  The original version of the Wizard’s story, The Wonderful Wizard of Oz (1900), was a best-seller in its time, and L.Frank Baum, its author, subsequently wrote twelve other popular Oz books.  Baum also wrote a successful Broadway musical based on the story, and there have been several plays and movies based on it.  The movie The Wizard of Oz (1939) won two Academy Awards and continues to the present day to be the most watched movie of all time.  A second Broadway musical of the story, The Wiz (1978), was a hit, and it won a Tony Award as best musical of the year.  It was also made into a successful movie.  Many of the characters in the story, especially the Scarecrow, the Tin Man, the Cowardly Lion, and the Wizard, have continued over the years to appear in dozens of spinoff tales.[1]  What is it about the story of the Wizard of Oz that makes for its continuing popularity?

The conventional explanation for the story’s popularity is that it is a celebration of individualism, a characteristic upon which Americans ostensibly pride themselves.  “Is there any more prominent message of American individualism than this one?  We never get tired of hearing that we control our own outcomes.”[2]  The conventional view is based on the fact that in the story the Scarecrow, the Tin Man and the Lion were primed and ready to be smart, compassionate, and courageous, respectively, before they met Dorothy, let alone the Wizard.  In this view, the story is about ignoring what others think of you, and finding yourself in yourself.

So, for example, the Scarecrow was already smart before he met Dorothy, let alone got an ersatz brain from the Wizard.  He was just hanging on a pole, waiting for a chance to show off his intelligence.  His innate intelligence is demonstrated by the solutions he invented to the problems he and his comrades encountered en route to Emerald City.  The Scarecrow did not need any help to be smart.  He was already smart by himself.[3]

Likewise, the Tin Man was already innately compassionate.  He consistently demonstrated compassion from the start, even walking carefully so as not to step on ants.  The Lion was, in turn, already brave.  He repeatedly responded courageously to dangerous situations that the comrades faced on their way to Emerald City, and scared off threatening attackers.[4]  Dorothy’s colleagues were all already what they wanted to be before the story began, they just didn’t know it.  Once they were set in motion upon meeting up with Dorothy, however, they all realized their true natures as they responded to the crises they faced in the course of their adventures.

In this conventional view, the Wizard was merely a faker who, as the rock group America proclaims in the “Tin Man” song, contributed nothing to the wellbeing of the Scarecrow, the Tin Man, and the Lion.  They already had in themselves what they needed, without any help from the Wizard or anyone else.  In this view, the Wizard was useless.  He was such a humbug that he could not even control his balloon so as to take Dorothy home to Kansas.  Finally, in this view, Emerald City, over which the Wizard ruled, was merely an insignificant stage setting for the adventures of Dorothy and her companions.  It was not an important part of the story.

This conventional view places the story within the ideologically archconservative framework that was predominant in this country during the late nineteenth century, and that has been resurrected by rightwing ideologists in the late twentieth and early twenty-first century.  As promoted then by such prominent figures as the sociologist William Graham Sumner and the Supreme Court Justice Stephen Field, this ideology idealized laissez-faire capitalism and the supposedly self-made individuals, the Great Men, who ostensibly made possible everything worthwhile.[5]  In the conventional view of The Wizard of Oz, the United States was then, and is now, a land of self-made individualists, and the story promotes an ideology of individualism.  In this view, the success of the story, then and now, is based on its support for that ideology.  I don’t agree.[6]

Lost at See: Dorothy faces an Existential Crisis.

 “Existence precedes Essence.”

Jean Paul Sartre.

The Wonderful Wizard of Oz opens with a commonly used narrative device that is designed to inform readers that strange things are going to be forthcoming.  The device is to situate a character alone in an unknown and potentially hostile environment, often as the result of an accident such as a shipwreck at sea, and then see how the character makes out.  Examples of this device include Ulysses shipwrecked and stranded among the Phaeacians in the Odyssey; Viola in Twelfth Night shipwrecked and alone in Illyria; Robinson Crusoe shipwrecked on a deserted island in Robinson Crusoe; and, Oliver Twist orphaned and adrift in London in Oliver Twist.

All of these characters were wrenched out of the contexts in which they had lived, and were then faced with questions of how to see themselves and survive in their new environments.  They ask themselves: Where am I?  What am I doing here?  Who am I in this place?  What do I do now?  They are put into a predicament that is analogous to what is often called the existential situation of humankind.  We are all born into times and places not of our choosing, asking ourselves who we are and what we are doing here, and faced with the need to make something of ourselves and make our ways in the face of perplexity and adversity.

This is the situation of the main characters in The Wonderful Wizard of Oz, not only Dorothy, but also the Scarecrow, the Tin Man, the Cowardly Lion, and the Wizard.[7]  All of them have been displaced physically and psychologically, and have found themselves, through no fault of their own, stranded and alone in Oz.  Dorothy was the victim of a tornado.  The Scarecrow was stuck on a pole in a field by a farmer.  The Tin Man had rusted in an unexpected rain storm.  The Lion was chased out of the forest by the other animals.  And the Wizard was the victim of a wayward balloon in a storm.  The book is the story of five people, each facing an existential crisis, and struggling with the help of others to make a way in the world.  Each successfully makes it because of their belief in each other, and their support of each other.  That, I contend, is the moral of the story.  Rather than a conservative paean to individualism, and an admonition to believe in merely oneself, the story is a progressive testament to cooperation and the will to believe in each other.

Seeing the Wizard through Progressive Eyes as an Emerald City Manager.

 “If ever, oh ever a Wiz there was,

The Wizard of Oz is one becoz,…

Of the wonderful things he does.”

Lyrics by Yip Harburg.

Sung by Judy Garland & Ray Bolger.

In the progressive view of the story that I am suggesting, the Wizard was not intended by Baum to be dismissed as a marginal character or a mere faker.  The Wizard is a central and sympathetic figure in the story, even a hero of sorts.  And I think audiences feel this.  The book, after all, is named The Wonderful Wizard of Oz.  It is named after the Wizard, as are the movie and musical versions of the story.  It is not named after Dorothy or any of the other characters in the story, as are some of Baum’s later Oz books.  The Wizard is also merely called the Wizard.  He is given no other name, and this seems to attest to his special status in the story.  He is, in turn, called the Wonderful Wizard of Oz, not the Charlatan Wizard of Oz.

Significantly, when it becomes clear that the Wizard cannot perform the magic that Dorothy and her comrades expect, and Dorothy tells him “I think you are a very bad man,” he replies “Oh, no my dear; I’m really a very good man; but I’m a very bad Wizard.”  When the Scarecrow, in turn, accusatorily says “You’re a humbug,” the Wizard calmly replies “Exactly so,” and admits, with seemingly some relief, that “I’m just a common man.”[8]  That is a telling statement from the Wizard.  The phrase “common man” resonated deeply and positively with Americans during the twentieth century, most of whom thought of themselves as common people.  I think that audiences over the years have identified and sympathized with the Wizard, even if he was a humbug.  We are all, after all, humbugs in some ways and to some extent.

The Wizard justifies his pretending to be a wizard by pointing to what he has done in building and maintaining Emerald City, the city that he founded and administers.  The book was written at a time when progressives were starting to promote city managers as a supplement to the politics of governing cities.  City managers would provide expert administration as an alternative to the corruption of the political machines and the dominance of rich businessmen in city governance.  The Wizard claims that Emerald City abounds with “every good thing that is needed to make one happy,” and he contends that “I have been good to the people and they like me.”  I think that readers of the book and viewers of the movies agree with him, and feel that Emerald City is a wonderful, if somewhat weird, place.  I think that they also naturally empathize with the Wizard’s position, and feel that he, in fact, did wonderful things for Emerald City.

It is also the case that, contrary to the “Tin Man” song, the Wizard did give something to the Scarecrow, the Tin Man and the Lion.  The trinkets he gave them as surrogates for a brain, a heart, and courage were a confirmation to them of their most cherished qualities.  And they each felt much better for the confirmation.  They did not disparage the gewgaws or reject the Wizard for giving them mere trinkets.  The trinkets were proof that others believed in them, so that they could believe in themselves.  Baum seemed to be saying with this reaction that we are not self-made individualists.  We are social beings who need support from others, even in the form of symbolic placebos of no inherent value in themselves.

The Wizard was a faker but he was also a man of good faith.  When he asks Dorothy why he should help her, she replies “Because you are strong and I am weak.”  So, like Dr. Seuss’ elephant Horton, who says “I’ve got to protect them. I’m bigger than they” when he hears the tiny Whos calling for help, the Wizard does help her.[9]  Pace the conventional view of the story, the Wizard did, in fact, fulfill his promises to each of the four comrades.  He gave symbolic but satisfactory trinkets to the Scarecrow, Tin Man and Lion, and he was willing and capable of returning Dorothy to Kansas in his balloon.  It was not the Wizard’s fault that when his balloon began to ascend, Dorothy went chasing after her dog and, thereby, missed her ride.  Although the Wizard was just a common man, he did, on the whole, do good and wonderful things.

As a common man who achieved wonderful things, the Wizard is a source of inspiration and support to those of us who see ourselves as common people.  When Dorothy lands in Oz, she is astonished at being hailed as a heroine and a witch, both because she had not done anything extraordinary and because there were no such things as witches in Kansas.  In the book, the Good Witch of the North[10] explains to Dorothy that there are witches and wizards in Oz because “the Land of Oz has never been civilized.”  There are none in Kansas because it is civilized.

Baum seems to be saying here that with civilization comes what we would today call cultural disillusionment, that is, no longer seeing the world as full of spirits and spirituality.  By the turn of the twentieth century, when Baum wrote the book, the scientific explanation of things had largely replaced explanations based on magic or religion.  The supernatural had been naturalized, and the wonder taken out of wonderful things.  This is what the philosopher Nietzsche meant when he said at the time that “God is dead.”  Baum, who eschewed conventional religion and was a member of the Ethical Culture Society, supported this secular and scientific trend.

The implication of the Good Witch’s explanation seems to be that in an uncivilized society such as Oz, the Wizard had to pretend that he had magic as a means of gaining the status he needed to build and rule over the Emerald City.  But, and this is the key, he was able to build and administer the city without magic, because he actually had no magical abilities.  The conclusion that Baum seems to want us to reach is that common people can do this same sort of thing in Kansas and elsewhere in our mundane world.  They can build wonderful cities full of good things for all and sundry, even for immigrant scarecrows and tin men.  Baum was personally a political supporter of first Populism and then Progressivism.  He was a democrat and a social reformer.  He believed in the power of ordinary people to do good and great things.

The book exemplifies this belief.  Ordinary people in the book achieve extraordinary results through ordinary means.  Dorothy kills the Wicked Witch of the East, something the Good Witch of the North admitted she was not powerful enough to do, by accidentally falling on her in a house.  Dorothy kills the Wicked Witch of the West by accidentally spilling a bucket of water on her.  And the Wizard supervises the mundane construction and operation of a wonderful city.

In a civilized society, Baum seemed to be saying, there are no witches or wizards with supernatural powers, and no “Great Men” of the sort nineteenth century conservatives such as Thomas Carlyle and William Graham Sumner claimed had made society and make history.  Baum was saying that ordinary people are obliged to make society and history by caring for each other.  This is what Dorothy and her friends did in combating the Wicked Witch.  This is also what the Wizard had essentially done with the citizens of Emerald City in making their society.  He did not actually have any magic powers other than his caring for the people.  The city has been built through the cooperative efforts of the citizens, with the Wizard acting merely as city manager.  And that, according to Baum, is civilization at its highest.

Seeing Emerald City through a Utopian Lens.

“I once asked the Wizard of Oz

For the secret of his land.

He said ‘Just take a look around here.

Seven dwarves and Little Boy Blue,

Uncle Remus and Snow White, too.

(Now, just between us.

That’s what is known as integration.)’”

Chuck Mangione.

If the Wizard is the center of the story, then Emerald City is the centerpiece of the book.  Emerald City is described as an ideal society, almost a utopian cooperative community.  Baum was politically what we would call a liberal.  In his writings as a journalist and in his stage plays, he frequently criticized powerful capitalists and conservative politicians.  Although The Wonderful Wizard of Oz does not include any specific political references, it has been seen as a populist allegory (see Footnote #6 above) and, more importantly, it includes a progressive vision of society in the form of Emerald City.  It was a vision in line with other reformers in his time.

The period of the late nineteenth through the early twentieth century was an age of reform.  The country seemed to recoil from the crassness of the previous decades of rampant corruption and cutthroat capitalism, the so-called Gilded Age (Mark Twain) or Brown Decades (Lewis Mumford).  It was also an age of reaction against the right-wing Social Darwinian ideology that had been promoted by the business elites of the time. Social Darwinism, a misnomer and misuse of the theory of evolution that was rejected by Darwin, promoted the dominance of the fittest in society, with fitness mainly defined in terms of wealth.  Developed in England by Herbert Spencer and in the United States by William Graham Sumner, this theory idealized laissez-faire competitive capitalism in which winners, meaning the wealthy, should deservedly thrive, and losers, meaning the poor, should deservedly die off.[11]

The theory also promoted what we would today call a zero-sum approach to society.  It held that there is only a limited amount of wealth and well-being in the world, and one person’s gain is another person’s loss.  Social relations are invariably invidious because my success inevitably results in your failure, and vice versa.  If I win, you lose.  If you win, I lose.  We cannot both succeed.  The theory, thereby, promoted a Hobbesian war of each against all, and a Malthusian rejection of cooperation and compassion.  Social Darwinism was influential among the political and economic elites of the late nineteenth century, and was virtually written into the Constitution by a right-wing majority on the Supreme Court.[12]

Populism in the late nineteenth century and Progressivism in the early twentieth century emerged as political and social movements against the Social Darwinian political and social conditions of the time.  As part of this reform wave, there was a flood of utopian proposals, both theoretical and experimental.  Many of these proposals were in the form of novels.  Edward Bellamy’s utopian novel Looking Backward (1886) was the most popular book of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, other than the Bible.  Utopian novels were also written by William Dean Howells, the dean of American literature, Ignatius Donnelly, the Populist leader, and many other important writers.

There was also an upsurge in utopian community experiments.  These included the Equality Colony in Washington, founded in 1900, and the Fairhope Community in Alabama, founded in 1894 and still in existence.[13]  Many of these communities were racially and ethnically integrated, and were based on gender equality.  Many were made up of recent immigrants to America.

In his portrayal of Emerald City, Baum played into a genre of utopian literature with which readers in his time were very familiar.  It is significant that the citizens of Emerald City greeted and cared for Dorothy and her odd assortment of companions – a walking, talking scarecrow, tin man and lion; how weird must that have seemed – as though they were ordinary people and good friends. The story is infused with examples of immigration and cultural pluralism, with people and creatures of all sorts living together in the same community or in contiguous communities.

Dorothy and her companions were themselves all immigrants – strangers in this strange land – as was even the Wizard.  Their differentness was accepted in Oz, and even welcomed.  The citizens of Emerald City, in turn, had no problem with the Scarecrow becoming the head of their government when the Wizard left.  It is a vision of a cooperative and inclusive society to which I think readers of The Wonderful Wizard of Oz, and viewers of the movies based on the book, have responded positively from Baum’s time to ours.

Believing is Seeing: William James as the Wizard.

“Fairy tales can come true,

It can happen to you,

If you’re young at heart.”

Lyrics by Johnny Richards.

Sung by Frank Sinatra.

The Wonderful Wizard of Oz was written as a kids’ book for the young and the young at heart.  My father used to say that the key to staying young at heart was to avoid hardening of the arteries and hardening of the categories.  Hardening of the arteries results from a buildup of plaque in your blood vessels which blocks the flow of blood in your body, and can lead to heart attack.  Hardening of the categories results from a buildup of prejudice in your opinions which blocks the flow of new ideas in your mind, and can lead to heartlessness.  Hardening of the arteries can usually be avoided with proper diet and exercise.  Hardening of the categories can be avoided by keeping one’s mind open to new ideas and new people.  Closed-minded rigidity of any sort, whether ideological, philosophical, cultural, racial, religious, or otherwise, can lead to the hardening of one’s ethical categories, and to heartlessness.  The Wonderful Wizard of Oz is a book intended to keep the mind open and the heart healthy.

Baum said in his introduction to the book that he wrote it as “a modern fairy tale in which the wonderment and joy are retained and the heartaches and nightmares are left out.”  Traditional children’s stories were full of horrible things happening to children, sometimes because they did not obey the rules that their elders had laid upon them, other times because they were merely curious or adventurous, still other times just because they innocently happened to be in the wrong place at the wrong time.  Most important, the stories often punished trustfulness.  Wicked witches, goblins, and other deceptively foul creatures were portrayed as everywhere out there seducing children to their doom.  “Want a nice piece of candy or bite of apple, dearie?”  That sort of thing.  These stories were intended to scare kids straight, and put them in fear of painful consequences if they did not follow the straight and narrow path laid out for them by their elders.

The Wonderful Wizard of Oz is a different sort of story.  There are plenty of evils to be avoided in the book, but curiosity and adventurous behavior are rewarded and, most important, the story rewards trustfulness.  Dorothy believes in other people, no matter how strange they may appear.  She trusts them, and she helps them to believe in themselves.  Other people, in turn, believe in her, so that she is able to believe in herself.  It is a virtuous circle, and it is the same with the Scarecrow, the Tin Man, the Lion, and the Wizard.  Others believe in them, they believe in others, and they believe in themselves.  They have the will to believe in each other, and that belief is fulfilled.  Help and be helped is the moral of the story.  And caring is the best magic.

This moral of Baum’s story ran directly counter to the precepts of the Social Darwinian and zero-sum thinking of the business elites, and to the conventional educational practices of the time which largely reflected that thinking.  Baum’s intentions were, however, directly in line with the progressive educational practices and pragmatic philosophical theories being developed at the turn of the twentieth century, especially those of William James and John Dewey.

Conventional teaching was based largely on rote memorization, harsh discipline, competitive testing, and student rankings.  Some students were, thereby, categorized and characterized as winners, with others as losers.  It was Social Darwinism in practice.  These zero-sum practices were being challenged by educators, such as James and Dewey, who wanted students to learn how to think critically and act creatively, and who emphasized learning through doing, rather than rote memorization.[14]  James and Dewey argued that the way people learn best, whether they be elite scientists or common people, is through experimenting, that is, through developing hypotheses and then testing them.  It is also, they claimed, the way people live best, that is, by deciding to believe in something, and then seeing if it works.

James and Dewey incorporated this progressive educational theory in a broader philosophy called pragmatism.  Both started as psychologists before turning to philosophy and education, and pragmatism was, in turns, an epistemology, an ontology, and a moral philosophy.  James was world-famous as the psychologist who originated of the “stream of consciousness” theory of thinking, before pivoting into theories of learning, education, and moral philosophy.  In 1896, he wrote an influential essay called “The Will to Believe.”  I have no idea whether Baum read the essay, but the essay reflected currents of thought with which Baum would have been familiar, and I think the themes of the essay are nicely reflected in the story of the Wizard of Oz.[15]

James outlines three key elements of pragmatism in “The Will to Believe” that are reflected in The Wizard of Oz and the actions of the Wizard.  These are that life is a participant experiment, that beliefs can be self-fulfilling, and that truth is established collectively.  First, life is a participant experiment.  In trying to resolve the problems with which we are faced, we are invariably faced with options from which to choose, and for which we never have sufficient evidence to make obvious what is the right choice.  So, we are obliged to martial the best available evidence about our options, develop a plausible hypothesis as to what might the best choice, and then make a leap of faith into the future.[16]

Second, the fact that we believe in something – with the emphasis on “we,” not merely “I” – can help make it so.  “Faith in a fact can help create the fact,” James claimed.[17]  He was not talking about miracles, or about a blind faith that eschews contrary facts, as some critics of James’ essay have claimed.  He was talking about acting in a way that can help create the facts that support our hypotheses.  Like “The Little Engine that Could,” if we believe we can, maybe we can.

Third, and most important, the verification of a hypothesis is a collective action, not an individual act.  It is not the case, as some critics have contended, that pragmatists hold that if something works for you, it is true for you, regardless of what others think.  Pragmatism is a collectivist and cooperative philosophy.  It holds that a person cannot know anything about himself or herself, or even that he or she is a self, without verification from other people.  In turn, a person cannot verify the validity of the choices that he or she has made without the supportive opinions of others.  “Our faith is faith in someone else’s faith,” James contended.[18]  There is no truth for oneself alone, only collective conclusions.  And the more extensive the collectivity that supports a conclusion, the more reliable the conclusion.

I think that pragmatism best describes the way that Dorothy and her companions made their way in the land of Oz, making choices, taking chances, and believing in each other and each other’s beliefs.  It is different than the philosophy reflected in conventional interpretations of The Wizard of Oz.  The conventional interpretations generally reflect a world view that can be characterized as “foundationalist” and “essentialist,” and that is “absolutist.”   In this world view, truth is something that is found.  That is, it already exists and has always existed, even if we don’t know it.  Each person and thing also has an essence, that already exists and has always existed.  And whatever is true, has always and absolutely been true, and always will be.

In this view, you are what you are, and that is that.  While you may find that you are different than the way you mistakenly thought you were, for example, the Scarecrow thinking he was stupid, you cannot change who or what you are.  The Scarecrow found that he was smart, the Tin Man found that he was compassionate, and the Lion found that he was brave.  But they already were those things, albeit they hadn’t realized it.  This essentialist and absolutist view dominated most philosophical and scientific thinking during the nineteenth century.

Pragmatism, in contrast, is a “constructionist” and “existentialist” philosophy, and is “relativist.”  That is, truth is something that is made, including truths about oneself.  In this view, the Scarecrow made himself smart with the help of Dorothy and the others.  Having been rescued by Dorothy from being stuck on a pole, he began to experiment with his intelligence, developing it in practice.  Significantly, some of his early hypotheses did not pan out, as when he walked into a big hole, and had to be rescued by the Tin Man.  Asked why he had not walked around the hole, the Scarecrow claimed that he did not know any better because he did not have any brains.  But very soon, he was figuring out clever ways for the comrades to get over big ditches, without falling in, and solving all sorts of other problems that they faced.  He was learning through experience, and making himself smart.[19]  The Scarecrow, and the other comrades as well, exemplified pragmatic philosophy and progressive education in action.

Pragmatism has been called America’s philosophy, both because it is the only major philosophical school made in America, and because it seems to reflect the way in which Americans have generally approached things when they are not afraid and are not reacting defensively.  Pragmatism is a flexible and tolerant way of thinking about things.  It is a philosophy of hope and hopefulness.  Fear can drive people to defensive absolutisms, and fear most often trumps/Trumps hope.  When Americans heed their better angels, they think and act positively and pragmatically.  When Americans are demagogued and frightened into following their darker angels, they think and act negatively and arbitrarily.  The Wizard of Oz is an invocation of tolerance, flexibility, hopefulness, and pragmatism.

Bringing Oz to Kansas: Pragmatism in Practice.

 “There’s no place like home.”

Dorothy in The Wonderful Wizard of Oz.

The Wonderful Wizard of Oz opens with Dorothy’s description of her home in Kansas.  Everything she sees is gray and grim.  The landscape is gray and sparsely vegetated.  The buildings and furnishings are gray and dilapidated.  Her Aunt and Uncle are gray-faced and grim, worn and oppressed by efforts to keep their farm going.  Dorothy complains that they never smile or laugh, and that they are all completely isolated from their neighbors.  Dorothy has no one to cheer her up, except her dog.[20]

When Dorothy gets to Oz, she finds that, despite the Bad Witches, there is dancing, singing, laughing, and lots of color.  After Dorothy meets the Scarecrow and describes Kansas to him, the Scarecrow cannot understand why anyone would want to live in Kansas, and why Dorothy would not want to stay in Oz, which is beautiful and filled with interesting people.  When she answers that “There is no place like home,” the Scarecrow replies facetiously, and with false modesty, “Of course I cannot understand it.  If your heads were stuffed with straw, like mine, you would probably all live in the beautiful places, and your Kansas would have no people in it at all.”[21]  That is, he facetiously claims, only brainless people like him would want to live in beautiful places.  Brainy Kansans like Dorothy would naturally choose to live in desolation.  This is a telling remark that almost certainly hits its mark with readers, and maybe with Dorothy as well.

Almost the first thing Dorothy says, when the Munchkins are celebrating her as a hero for killing the Wicked Witch of the East, is that she wants to go home because her aunt and uncle might be worrying about her.[22]  She cares deeply about her family.  An unanswered question in the story is what will Dorothy do when she gets back to Kansas.  Having seen Oz and Emerald City will she be content to leave things in Kansas as they are, with her gray-faced Aunt and Uncle slaving away so hard for so little, with her gray surroundings, and with her boring life?

Dorothy is like a student who has gone away to college, or a soldier who has gone off to other lands, and then comes back to see home in a new and critical light.  Having returned for the sake of her family, what might Dorothy do further for their sake?  There’s no place like home, but what should that home be like?  Most readers, I think, hope Dorothy will do something to improve her home and the society in which she lives.

The World in Our Minds: A Zero-Sum Game or a Mutual Aid Society?

“Come on legs keep movin’

Don’t you lose no ground

You just keep on keepin’ on

On the road that you choose.”

Lyrics by Charlie Smalls.

Sung by Diana Ross & Michael Jackson.

Why do some people feel threatened by immigrants, seeing them as competitors who will take their jobs and impoverish them, while others welcome immigrants as resources who will help enrich everyone?  Why are some people threatened by cultural pluralism as a dilution of their native culture, while others welcome diversity as a cultural enrichment?  Why do some people picture the world as a zero-sum game in which your advancement is inevitably at my expense, whereas other people see the world as a mutual-aid society in which the success of each is the basis for the advancement of all?  Why is the apt proverb for some people that a rising tide sustains some but drowns others, whereas for others it is that a rising tide raises all?

How we feel towards others must come, at least in part, from what we read, see and listen to, that is, the books, videos and songs from which we draw our picture of the world, and react to phenomena such as immigration and enculturation.  Some books, videos and songs portray aliens as inherently dangerous and cultural change as disastrous.  Many of the violent stories, songs and video games that appeal to adolescents have those themes.  They portray life as a zero-sum game, with every person for him/herself.

Most stories, songs and movies that appeal to younger and older audiences take a different tack, and portray change and diversity as constructive and cooperative.  The stories of Charles Dickens and the Harry Potter books by J.K. Rowling have that theme.  There is plenty of violence and there are evil characters in their books, but the emphasis is on the overriding value of trust and cooperation, rather than mistrust and conflict.  The Wizard of Oz is similar.  The contrast between most children’s literature and most adolescent media is stark and alarming.   

One of the reasons we read books and watch movies, and then reread and re-watch them, is because we feel comfortable in the worlds they portray.  Some people seem to feel more comfortable in imaginary worlds that are scary and reflect violent zero-sum societies.  Others seem more comfortable in mutual aid worlds such as that constructed by Dickens and Rowling.  How and why this is the case is a mystery to me.

This essay is being written on November 14, 2016 in the immediate aftermath of a recent presidential election in which the American people seem to be sharply divided between supporters of Donald Trump and his zero-sum view of the world, and supporters of Hillary Clinton and her mutual aid view.  Much to my regret, fear trumped and Trumped in this election.  She got the most popular votes, but he got the most electoral votes.  Supporters of Clinton are currently in despair at how to bridge the cultural gap between them and Trump’s supporters.  It may be that the continuing popularity among all segments of our population of The Wizard of Oz is an indication that we may have more in common, and that there may be a mutual aid ethic that underlies our differences and may provide a basis for future amity and agreement.

[1] The Wonderful Wizard of Oz   Wikipedia.  Accessed 11/14/16.

[2] Ilan Shira. “Why ‘The Wizard of Oz’ is the most popular film of all time.”  Psychology Today.  6/4/10.

[3] L. Frank Baum. The Wizard of Oz. Aladdin Classics: New York, 1999. pp.50, 54, 57, 139.

[4] L. Frank Baum. The Wizard of Oz. Aladdin Classics: New York, 1999. pp.50-51, 57-58, 63, 72.

[5] William Graham Sumner. Social Darwinism.  Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc, 1963.

[6] There is a collateral interpretation of the story that it is a Populist allegory.  The Populists were a late nineteenth century reform movement of small farmers and workers against the big capitalists who were ostensibly oppressing them.  Baum supported the Populists.  In this interpretation, the witches represent the capitalists, the Scarecrow is the farmers, the Tin Man is the workers, and the Lion is William Jennings Bryan, who was called The Lion of the West and who coopted the Populists in his failed Presidential campaign of 1896.  I have no problem with this Populist interpretation.  It might help explain the story’s popularity in the early 1900’s, albeit, it does not explain its ongoing popularity.  I would object, however, to including in it, as some critics do, a picture of the Populists as individualistic small farmers, a picture that would lend support to the idea that the story promotes individualism.  I reject both the picture of Populism as individualistic and the idea that the story promotes individualism.

[7] Citations in this essay will be to the book The Wonderful Wizard of Oz, but they refer as well to the movie The Wizard of Oz with which readers may be more familiar and which essentially follows the book.

[8] L. Frank Baum. The Wizard of Oz. Aladdin Classics: New York, 1999. pp.142-143, 147.

[9] L. Frank Baum. The Wizard of Oz. Aladdin Classics: New York, 1999. p.96.

[10] In the book, there is a Good Witch of the North who greets Dorothy at the beginning of the story and sets her on her way to see the Wizard, and a Good Witch of the South who meets her at the end and sets her on her way home.  The North Witch puts the magic shoes on Dorothy, but tells Dorothy that she does not know how they work.  It is only the South Witch who seems to know how they work, and only she who can explain it to Dorothy when Dorothy finally meets up with her at the end of the story.  In the Judy Garland movie, the director merged the two witches into one witch, for some unknown reason, and it creates an unnecessary question of why the witch didn’t tell Dorothy how to use the shoes when she first met her.  She put Dorothy to a lot of unnecessary trouble, which was not a nice thing for a good witch to do.

[11] Richard Hofstadter. Social Darwinism in American Thought.  Boston: Beacon Press, 1955.

[12] Robert McCloskey. American Conservatism in the Age of Enterprise, 1865-1910. New York: Harper & Row, 1951.

[13] Robert Sutton. Communal Utopias and the American Experience: Secular Communities, 1824-2000.  

Westport, CN: Praeger, 2004.  “List of American Utopian Communities.” Wikipedia. Accessed 11/14/16.

[14] William James.  Talks to Teachers on Psychology. Mineola, NY: Dover, 2001.

John Dewey. The Child and the Curriculum. Chicago: University of Chicago, 1956.

[15] William James. “The Will to Believe.” Essays on Faith and Morals. New York: World Publishing Co., 1962.

pp.32-62.

[16] William James. “The Will to Believe.” Essays on Faith and Morals. New York: World Publishing Co., 1962.

pp.33-35,62.

[17] William James. “The Will to Believe.” Essays on Faith and Morals. New York: World Publishing Co., 1962.

p.56.

[18] William James. “The Will to Believe.” Essays on Faith and Morals. New York: World Publishing Co., 1962.

p.40.

[19] L. Frank Baum. The Wizard of Oz. Aladdin Classics: New York, 1999. pp.39, 54-58.

[20] In the book, there are no farmhands for company and diversion.

[21] L. Frank Baum. The Wizard of Oz. Aladdin Classics: New York, 1999. pp.28-29.

[22] L. Frank Baum. The Wizard of Oz. Aladdin Classics: New York, 1999. p.13.

What to do about the Big Bad Wolf: Narrative Choices and the Moral of a Story

What to do about the Big Bad Wolf: Narrative Choices and the Moral of a Story

Burton Weltman

Once upon a time, there were three little pigs.  The pigs, having apparently reached adolescence, were forced by their mother to leave home and make their own way in the world.  So, each of them went off by himself to build a house.  Two of the pigs were foolish and lazy, and they built houses of straw and sticks respectively.  The third pig was wise and hardworking so he built a house of bricks.  A big, bad wolf came along and easily destroyed the houses of the two foolish pigs.  They barely escaped with their lives before he could eat them.  The wolf could not destroy the brick house, however, so he tried to trick the third pig into coming outside.  But the wise pig was not fooled.  Instead, he tricked the wolf into coming down the chimney of the house, at which point the wolf fell into a pot of boiling water and ran away with a scorched rear end.

This is the gist of Walt Disney’s version of the story of The Three Little Pigs, a traditional European folktale that Disney adapted and made popular in America during the 1930’s.  Appearing originally as a cartoon movie, the Disney story has since been continuously in publication as a very popular illustrated children’s book (Disney 1933; Disney 2001, 69-84).  Later variations of the story, such as those by Paul Galdone and Gavin Bishop, follow the gist of the Disney version but have the wolf eat the first two pigs and have the third pig then eat the wolf at the end (Galdone 1970; Bishop 1989).

Like all Disney stories, The Three Little Pigs is full of lessons.  The first lesson is that in this world it’s every pig for himself.  Significantly, the pig brothers did not work together to build a house but went off individually.  It is an eat-or-be-eaten world, according to Walt Disney, and you’ve got to take care of yourself first and foremost.  This lesson is even clearer in Galdone’s and Bishop’s versions.  A second lesson of the story is that difference is dangerous.  The sympathetic characters are all pinkish pigs.  The evil character is a black wolf.  In the context of the story, the pigs are right to be afraid of an animal that is not like them.

The racial implications of the Disney story, which are followed by Galdone and Bishop, are seemingly no accident, especially when you consider that most adolescent pigs are not pinkish and most wolves are not black.  The implicit racism reflects, among other things, the dramatic imagery of America in the 1930’s.  During the 1930’s, if you wanted to make something scary for mainstream, pinkish American audiences, you made it big and black.  The overall moral of Disney’s story is that we live in a world in which good is continually being confronted by evil, and the good characters must fight to the death against the bad ones.  These are significant lessons for children to learn from a story.

1. Coming to Terms with “The Three Little Pigs”: What to do about the Big Bad Wolf?

At the end of Into the Woods, a wonderful musical about children’s stories by Steven Sondheim and James Lapine, the witch intones one of the play’s main themes: “Careful the things you say, children will listen…Careful the spell you cast…Sometimes the spell may last past what you can see…Careful the tale you tell. That is the spell.  Children will listen.”   Storytellers have long known of the influence their tales can have on children and many, like Disney, have deliberately tried to use this power for purposes of moral, social and political education.  “Writing for children is usually purposeful,” James Stephens has noted, “its intention to foster in the child reader a positive apperception of some socio-cultural values.”  In turn, Stephens says, “Every book has an implicit ideology” (Stephens 1992, 3, 9).  Children’s stories are, thus, a contested terrain over which storytellers of different political persuasions have fought for many years.

Disney’s version of The Three Little Pigs conveys a view of the world that most politically progressive people would not accept.  The selfish individualism, the genetic determinism, the tinge of racism, the Social Darwinism, and the inevitable violence in the story are contrary to views that most progressives would like to impart to children.  So, some have recently tried re-writing the popular story to better fit with their progressive ideals.

As one alternative to the Disney story, Jon Scieska, a well-known author of children’s books, has written The True Story of the 3 Little Pigs (Scieska 1989) in which the wolf tells his side of the story.  Scieska picks up on the underlying racism of the Disney version and tries to counter it.  In Scieska’s book, the wolf is portrayed as a member of a persecuted minority in a predominantly pig society, paralleling the racial story of blacks in predominantly white American society.  The wolf has been jailed for the murder of the first two little pigs and, in his defense, claims the two pigs died by accident and that he then ate them only because he did not want to let good meat go to waste.

Scieska seems to hope we will come to sympathize with the good-natured, humorous wolf, and we do.  But there is an underlying moral to the story that Scieska seems to have missed.  Even if you believe the wolf’s story, you still have to come to the conclusion that pigs and wolves cannot live together in the same society because wolves eat pigs, as the wolf admittedly did.  The only solution to the problem posed in this story is to segregate the wolves from the pigs.  Despite his liberal intentions, Scieska has unwittingly written a story that seems to justify racial segregation.

Another alternative to Disney’s story is The Three Little Wolves and the Big Bad Pig (Trivias 1993) by Eugene Trivias, another highly regarded author of children’s books.  Trivias seemingly tries to deal with the problem that Scieska ran into by making the wolves weak and vulnerable and making the pig big and scary.  Trivias has three little wolves – one black, one white and one grey – being chased by a big pink pig.  The pig claims to want to be friends with the wolves but they are afraid of him and they work together to try to protect themselves from the pig.  The wolves build increasingly stronger houses that are successively knocked down by the pig.

In the end, the wolves decide to try being friendly to the pig and it works.  The wolves and the pig have a party and, according to Trivias, “they all lived happily together ever after.”  But that is not plausible.  They cannot have “lived happily together ever after” because eventually the wolves will grow up and wolves eat pigs.  So when the three little wolves become three big wolves, the pig is likely to become lunch.  Again, despite the author’s multi-racial, multi-cultural, all-inclusive intentions, the story implicitly leads the reader to the conclusion that some sort of racial or species segregation is necessary.

The moral of the story of these three versions of “The Three Little Pigs” is that if you want to write a story about the virtues of diversity and the peaceful reconciliation of differences, you should not choose wolves and pigs as your main characters.  The biological imperatives of pigs and wolves will defeat your intentions.  The underlying lesson is that the narrative choices an author makes in setting up a story can predetermine the moral outcome, regardless of the author’s overt intentions.  Walt Disney seemingly had a message he was trying to convey with his story and he made narrative choices on that basis. If you follow his narrative choices, as Scieska and Trivias did in accepting Disney’s cast of characters, you are likely to end up supporting his conclusions.

By contrast, in Click, Clack, Moo: Cows That Type (Cronin 2000), Doreen Cronin tells a story of farm animals – mainly dairy cows and egg-producing chickens – who successfully organize a strike against the farmer who owns them.  This is a story about strength through cooperation and diversity, as each type of animal is able to contribute to the group effort based on its particular characteristics.  It is also a story about the advantages of a peaceful resolution of differences, both among the animals and between the animals and the farmer.  A key to the success of this story is that none of the animals is a predator, and none of the animals is being used by the farmer for meat, so there are no biologically determined irreconcilable differences among them.  Cronin starts with different narrative choices than Disney and, as a result, is able to convey different moral conclusions.

The purpose of this essay is to discuss some of the narrative choices that storytellers make and the effect that these choices can have on the moral of their stories and the messages their audiences are likely to get.  Most scholarly analyses of the meaning and messages in children’s literature focus on the subject matter of the books and the political orientations of the authors (Bacon 1988; Clark 2003; Ellis 1968; Gillespie 1970; Hines 2004; Lehr 2001; Lucas 2003; Lurie 1990; MacLeod 1994; Moynihan 1988; Taxel 1988; Thaler 2003).  But, as Peter Hunt has noted, “What may be more important than what the story is about is the way in which it is shaped” and the way in which stories are shaped has been “the most important and neglected of literary features” (Hunt 1991, 73, 119).

The main thesis of this essay is that the narrative structure of a story can determine the moral of the story, irrespective of its subject matter and its author’s intentions, and that teachers must be particularly attuned to this fact in choosing both what things they have their students read and how they discuss things with their students.  The moral of a story is often determined by its structural medium and cannot be characterized solely through its subject matter and its author’s political orientation (Witherell et al 1995, 40; also Egan 1988; Egan 1992).

Whether an author or teacher is telling factual or fictional stories, discussing the news or fairytales, relating anecdotes of daily life or theories of society, writing history books or novels, teaching social studies or literature – that is, dealing with anything that has explicitly or implicitly a narrative form – the narrative structure can determine the meaning and effect of the story irrespective of the storyteller’s intent or the subject matter of his/her narrative.  Depending on their narrative structures, stories with essentially the same subject matter and political intentions can have very different moral, cultural, social and political messages (Stephens 1999, 74, 78).

The primary conclusion of the article is that when teachers choose things for their students to read or to discuss, it is important for them to know what messages are being conveyed through the narrative structure of the reading and/or discussion.  What a teacher thinks is being conveyed through the content of a book or a discussion may be contradicted by the underlying structural message of the book or discussion (Sarland 1999, 37, 39).  As such, in analyzing a book, it is important to focus on the relationship between the book’s content and structure so as to explore fully the meaning of the book and its impact on its readers.  Likewise, in preparing a class discussion, it is important for a teacher to match his/her subject matter content with his/her narrative structure so as to convey a consistent and coherent message.  There is a message in the medium of our expression that we and our students need to understand.

2. Defining Narrative Terms: The Message in the Medium

This article focuses on four aspects of narrative structure that have significant impact on the moral of a story: (1) the characterizations in the story and, in particular, where the story stands in the debate between “nature versus nurture” and whether or not the main characters in the story are able to learn and change; (2) the dramatic form of the story and, in particular, whether it can be characterized as primarily a melodrama, comedy or tragedy; (3) the agency of the story and whether the story moves primarily as a result of chance, causation or choice; and, (4) the perspective of the story and whether the perspective is primarily top-down or bottom-up.

Although most stories incorporate a mixture of different factors, almost all are structured primarily around a particular type of characterization, form, agency and perspective.  In turn, although these four elements interrelate, so that storytellers’ choices with respect to one will likely influence their choices as to the others, storytellers are not always consistent in their narrative choices, which can lead them unwittingly to send mixed moral messages.  In sum, an author’s or teacher’s narrative choices with respect to these factors will have a significant impact on the moral of the story being told.

(a) Nature/Nurture.  The moral of a story will depend in large part on the characterizations of the people in the story and whether people are seen as able or unable to change.  This has been the gist of the argument over whether nature or nurture, genetics or environment, inherited social class and culture or acquired social skills and character, are most important in the development of individuals and society.  It has also been a crucial element in the political debate between traditionalists and progressives.

Traditionalists have generally taken the “nature over nurture” side of this debate.  One of the elements of conservative social theory from ancient times to the present has been the idea that a person is born with a certain essence which forms his/her nature and that a person cannot significantly change his/her character.  This is essentially a classist or hierarchal theory of society that justifies the rule of the well-born few – well-born in character and culture as well as wealth and power – over the disadvantaged many, and the passing of wealth and power, and poverty and powerlessness, from parents to children.

In this theory, nature controls character and justice requires that “we must leave each class to have the share of happiness which their nature gives to each” (Plato 1956, 219; Banfield 1990).  The moral imperative for people is to discover their true natures and follow the predetermined course of their lives.  For most people, this will mean staying in the social class in which they were born and doing the things that their parents did, which is consistent with the goal of most traditionalists of a society in which children can and will grow up to follow in their parents’ footsteps.

This view of character and society tends to promote individual self-discovery and self-development and to discourage social activism and social change.  In this model, problems most arise when characters attempt to step outside their predestined social roles or are unfairly evicted from their proper social roles, or when people stupidly misconceive the nature and character of themselves or others.  Some people are naturally good, smart and otherwise qualified to occupy positions in the upper level of the social hierarchy and others are naturally bad or stupid and need to be controlled by their betters.

Social reform in this model consists of the good/smart people defeating the bad/stupid people and either eliminating or subjugating them, as is the case in Disney’s The Three Little Pigs. Many traditional children’s fairy tales – especially those told by the Grimm brothers – take this “nature over nurture” side of the argument.  The dire consequences of denying biological imperatives and/or defying inherited social roles – for example, children disobeying their parents (Rapunzel), commoners pretending to powers they don’t naturally have (Rumpelstiltskin); workers trying assume the roles of their bosses (The Sorcerer’s Apprentice), people welcoming monsters in disguise (Little Red Riding Hood) – are emphasized.

In contrast, progressives have generally taken the “nurture over nature” side of the argument.  One of the elements of progressive social theory has been the idea that a person will develop and change depending on his/her environment – on the nurturing and education that he/she receives – and that a person can, in turn, help change the world around him/her (Barber 1998).  In this model, the moral imperative is to figure out how best to develop oneself and help develop others so that the development of each person will encourage the development of all.  In many cases, this will mean leaving the place and the social class in which a person was born and doing different things than his/her parents.

This model tends to promote self-development through cooperative social activism with education as a primary means of self and social change.  In this model, problems arise when people are blocked from individual and social growth and when society is prevented from changing with changing circumstances.  The genre of bildungsroman in which, typically, an adolescent learns and grows and then changes himself and his social surroundings exemplifies the “nurture over nature” side of the argument.  The Harry Potter series is an example of this genre.

The “Three Little Pigs” stories of Disney, Scieska and Trivias demonstrate the effect that choices about characterization can have on the message conveyed by a story.  Disney’s The Three Little Pigs is an example of a “nature over nurture” characterization.  The main characters are biologically determined.  Wolves are by nature predators.  They inevitably attack pigs.  There is nothing anyone can do to change that and any pig who underestimates the biological imperative of wolves is likely to be eaten.  In turn, there is nothing anyone can do to change the brutally competitive, zero-sum society made up of wolves and pigs.

Scieska in The True Story of the Three Little Pigs tries to humanize the wolf by telling us the wolf’s side of the story, and it works to some extent.  The wolf seems to be an amiable character.  But the wolf is still a meat eater and his genetic characteristics override his pleasant personality.  Similarly, Trivias tries to resolve the conflict in The Three Little Wolves and the Big Bad Pig by reversing the roles of pig and wolf and by having the wolves learn that if they “make love, not war,” they can be friends and not enemies with the pig.  But this can only be a temporary peace because of the zoological imperative that wolves eat pigs.  Both Scieska and Trivias get caught in the “nature over nurture” side of the debate implied in Disney’s choice of wolves and pigs as the story’s main characters.

By contrast, in Click, Clack, Moo: Cows that Type, Cronin is able to tell a story of characters who plausibly achieve a cooperative and peaceable solution because she has chosen characters whose biological imperatives do not get in the way of that solution.  In her story, the animals and the farmer change themselves through education and cooperation and, in turn, change their society for the better.  As an educator who believes in the power of education as a means of self and social development and who tries to convince students to engage in self and social development, I prefer the “nurture over nature” side of this argument and try wherever possible to convey that message in the stories I tell and the discussions I lead.

(b) Melodrama/Comedy/Tragedy.  The dramatic form in which we couch a story and/or an explanation will also have a major effect on how we react to a given situation.  For purposes of this article, I have roughly categorized stories as melodramas, comedies or tragedies, or some combination of the three, because each of these dramatic forms conveys a different social message.

In defining melodrama, comedy and tragedy, I have relied on literary definitions of these terms that are largely derived from Aristotle.  Following the lead of Paul Goodman, I have, however, extended the terms to focus on the moral implications of narrative forms and their effect on the moral of a story (Goodman 1954).  Goodman was a poet, playwright and novelist as well as a social and educational reformer and he often framed his social and educational analyses within the narrative categories of melodrama, comedy and tragedy.

I define melodrama as a story of Good versus Evil, Good Guys versus Bad Guys.  It is a narrative form that like the traditional epic deals in extremes of emotion and action, and is based on an absolutist view of morality (Goodman 1954, 127-149).  Soap operas and crime shows are classic examples of melodrama.  In a melodrama, the problem in the story is created by the evil actions of evil people.  These are people who cannot be trusted and have to be eliminated.  Since there can be no compromise with Evil or evil people, melodrama portrays a world in which problems almost always must be settled by war or conflict of some sort (Burke 1961, 34).  A melodrama may have a happy or unhappy ending depending on whether the good or the evil prevails.  In a typical episode of the melodramatic television show “Law and Order,” for example, the murderer is usually convicted but sometimes goes free.

Melodrama is the predominant story form in our society and the form in which most people seem instinctively to react to adversity.  “Who is doing this to me and how can I defeat them” is the first reaction of most people to a problem.  Arguably, this melodramatic reaction has been programmed into us by evolutionary processes, “an aggression drive inherited [by man] from his anthropoid ancestors” (Lorenz 1966, 49), leaving us “hardwired to distinguish between ‘us’ and ‘them’ and to behave inhumanely toward ‘them’ at the slightest provocation” (Wilson 2007, 285).  It is essentially the story form of the “fright, then fight or flight” reaction of our piglet-like precursors who had to make their way in a world of giant carnivores.

The melodramatic reaction also seems to be a function of the brain stem, the earliest and least sophisticated portion of the human brain, which we inherited from those puny ancestors.  Comedy and tragedy are more complex reactions that apparently derive from the more developed areas of the cerebral cortex which evolved later in humanoids.  Melodrama was seemingly a successful survival strategy for helpless mini-mammals, but it may not be as useful, and may often be counterproductive, in the world of modern humans in which shooting first and asking questions later can lead to unnecessary wars and suffering (Diamond 1993, 220-221, 276-310; also Wilson 2007, 51-57).

I define comedy as a story of wisdom versus folly, wise people versus foolish people (Aristotle 1961, 59).  In comedy, the problem is created by someone acting out of stupidity or ignorance, “the intervention of fools” (Burke 1961, 41).  It is a narrative form that promotes education and experimentation as the solution to problems, as the wise try to teach the fools or at least restrain them from further foolishness (Goodman 1954, 82-100).  When we think someone is acting foolishly, our reactions typically are either to correct the person, compete with the person to see who is correct, constrain and control the person so that he/she can do no further harm, or some combination of these three.

Comedy usually promotes a hierarchical world in which the knowledgeable people are empowered to control the stupid and ignorant people, educating them in proper behavior and belief when that is possible, and tricking, controlling or excluding them when that is not.  Comedy involves conflicts and struggles but the action generally stays peaceful or, at least, not fatal.  If, however, a fool refuses instruction, disdains competition, and rejects containment, comedy can descend into violent struggle and metamorphose into melodrama.  A comedy may have a happy or unhappy ending depending on whether the fools learn their lesson.  In a typical episode of the comedic television show “Seinfeld,” for example, the main characters are usually still enmeshed at the end of show in some mess of their own foolish making.

I define tragedy as a story of too much of a good thing becoming bad.  Tragedy in this definition describes a character that pursues a too narrowly prescribed good too far until it turns on itself, becomes bad and precipitates a potential disaster.  The character’s “tragic flaw” is a lack of perspective, the failure to see things in a broader context, for example failing to recognize that one person’s good may be someone else’s bad, the world may contain competing goods, and an individual’s good ultimately depends on the good of all (Goodman 1954, 35, 172).

Tragedy is a story of hubris versus humility, the failure of the tragic character to recognize his/her “personal limits” and reconcile contradictions within him/herself, within his/her society and/or between him/herself and society (Burke 1961, 37).  While the tragic character’s actions demonstrate his/her “moral purpose,” they also demonstrate “the necessary or probable outcome of his character,” which is a downfall as a result of his/her pride (Aristotle 1961, 81-83).  Tragedy “deals sympathetically with crime,” with the good intentions that can pave the way to hell (Burke, 1961, p.39), and, thereby, arouses pity and fear in the audience (Aristotle 1961, 61) – pity that a good person has tried to do a good deed and gone wrong, fear that but the grace of the gods this could be any of us.

Although there is more to a great tragedy than a simple story-line, in the medieval society portrayed in Shakespeare’s tragedy Macbeth, for example, ambition is considered a good thing but Macbeth takes it too far and this excess of ambition brings his downfall (Van Doren 2005, 216).  Macbeth, a would-be self-made man living in a highly structured, hierarchical society, is fatally caught in “a struggle between [his] desire to make his own destiny … and the rule-bound order in which he lives,” and tries to bully his way through these contradictions (O’Toole 2002, 138).  In the Renaissance society of Hamlet, deliberation is a good thing but excessive deliberation produces a paralysis of the will and Hamlet’s downfall (Van Doren 2005, 161).  Hamlet is a “humanist” intellectual caught between medieval Gothic and modern rational social mores and modes of thought, and he fatally vacillates between the one and the other (O’Toole 2002, 46, 48).  Neither character is able to transcend his narrow focus and reconcile his contradictions until it is too late.

Tragedy, as I am using the term, is based on a relativistic view of morality and promotes negotiation and inclusion as the way to avoid the conflict and calamity that befall tragic figures such as Macbeth and Hamlet.  The goal of tragedy is for the tragic hero and the audience to recognize the narrowness of the hero’s perspective – “recognition” of the character’s flaw at the end of the story by the character and the audience is a key to this narrative form (Aristotle 1961, 84-86) – and reconcile his/her views with the views of others, thereby promoting compromise so that all can cooperate or, at least, peacefully co-exist.

The moral of a tragedy is to avoid the narrow-mindedness of the fallen characters and thereby avoid their fates.  When, however, people fail to recognize the tragic nature of a situation, they may act as though it is melodrama, pursue their own narrow ends to the bitter end, and fight, flee or fall to a fatal conclusion.  Although fictional tragedies, such as Macbeth and Hamlet, generally have unhappy endings, a tragedy, as I define the term, may have either a happy or unhappy ending depending on whether the main characters have recognized and then successfully reformed their narrow and short-sighted views of things.  While in the original version of Shakespeare’s King Lear, for example, Lear and his daughter Cordelia die at the end, in some later productions of the play, they live happily thereafter (Harbage 1970, 17).

The differences in the moral messages conveyed by melodrama, comedy and tragedy are significant.  If a person sees the world primarily in melodramatic terms, he/she will tend to see social problems as the result of the evil actions of evil people, to see enemies all around, and to see war or coercion of some sort as the solution to most social problems.  If a person sees the world in comic terms, he/she will tend to see social problems as the result of foolish people and to see education and/or containment as the solution to social problems.  If a person sees the world in tragic terms, he/she will tend to see social problems as the result of competing goods and competing good intentions, and to see negotiation as the solution.  In sum, the dramatic form in which a person tells the story of any particular social problem will largely determine his/her moral reaction and the nature of his/her ethical engagement.

In deciding which dramatic form to use for telling a story, my preference is to choose the tragic form whenever and to the greatest extent possible because it is the most peaceful approach to solving social problems and the one in which ordinary people can most actively engage.  The tragic mode asks you to put yourself in the shoes of the other person, broaden your perspective to include his/hers, and negotiate a compromise solution to your differences.  The tragic mode also encourages ordinary people such as our students to engage in the discussion and solution of social problems.

To the extent the facts of my story do not fit into the tragic mold, my preference is to choose the comic form as a potentially peaceful way of resolving a problem.  In comedy, you see your side as wise and the other as foolish, and you set your side up to help instruct or contain the fools.  This tactic has the potential for generating antagonism if the other side does not see itself as foolish, and resents and resists your efforts.  But it is the educational mode and it encourages students to think critically about social problems and try to develop rational solutions to them.  Properly done, the comic mode has the potential for a peaceful and mutually satisfactory resolution of differences.

Finally, to the extent the facts do not fit into either the tragic or comic modes, I describe the situation in melodramatic terms.  Melodrama is for me the form of last resort because it portrays a world in which differences can be settled only by fighting and or war.  The more you use the melodramatic mode, the more you are telling your students that conflicts must be resolved through fighting and war.  The more you use the tragic and comic modes, the more likely your students may come to see the world in terms of peaceful resolutions and to act on that basis.

Disney’s Three Little Pigs is a melodrama, with the good pigs pitted against the evil wolf in a life-and-death struggle, and this is the moral world his story conveys to children.  In The True Story of the 3 Little Pigs, Scieska tries to turn the story of the pigs and the wolf into a comedy.  The story is comic, not only because it is funny, but also because Scieska is trying to wise the readers up to the possibility that things may not be as they seem at first glance and that the wolf is not really a villain.  But his efforts are ultimately not successful because in accepting Disney’s choice of animals as characters, Scieska is trapped into the logical consequences of that choice: wolves kill pigs and, therefore, his story has an underlying melodramatic message of Social Darwinian struggle.

In The Three Little Wolves and the Big Bad Pig, Trivias tries to turn the story into a tragedy.  In his story, the wolves are merely trying to protect themselves from a perceived danger and the pig is merely trying to be treated with respect.  Their mutual pig-headedness leads them all to misunderstand each other, which, in turn, leads to conflict.  Eventually they broaden their perspectives to include each other and the tragic consequences are abated, at least for the short run.  Because a fatal conflict between the wolves and the pigs is inherent and inevitable in the choice of wolves and pigs as main characters in the story, and Trivias cannot keep these are melodramatic consequences out of the moral of his story.

By contrast in Click, Clack, Moo: Cows that Type, Cronin is successfully able to combine tragedy and comedy, and avoid the underlying conflicts that fatally undermine the stories by Scieska and Trivias.  In her story, the animals initially misunderstand each other and the farmer initially misunderstands the animals, each promoting his/her perspective as the only one, which leads to conflict among the animals and a strike by the animals against the farmer.  But all parties have some right on their side and eventually they are able to negotiate their differences and resolve the problem in a plausible way.

(c) Chance/Causation/Choice. The agency of a story, and whether events happen primarily as a result of chance, causation or choice, also has a major effect on the story’s moral message.  Chance is pure luck, unpredictable and uncontrollable.  Causation is a chain of causes and effects or a series of forces that are inevitable and unavoidable.  Choice is people operating within a set of circumstances, evaluating the range of options permitted by the circumstances, and then making decisions and acting on those decisions, with consequences that become the circumstances within which they must make their next decision.  The explanation of events – chance, causation or choice – that a storyteller uses will largely determine the moral of his/her story.

If a story moves primarily either by chance or by causation, then the moral of the story is that the world is beyond our influence and we might as well sit back and do nothing.  If the story moves as a result of the characters’ choices, then the moral is that we can affect the world through our thoughts and actions.  The moral of portraying events as the result of chance and/or causation is that trying to change things and make the world better is useless because what will be, will be, regardless of our actions.  And the curricular message of portraying the world as chance and/or causation is that education is useless because what will be, will be, regardless of whether or not we know about it (Berlin 1954, 3, 20-21, 68).

If, instead, a story is told as a complex of circumstances, choices and consequences, students are empowered and education becomes worthwhile.  Education, thereby, becomes largely a process of putting oneself into the shoes of other people, understanding the problems that they faced and the circumstances that circumscribed their actions, evaluating the options they had, the choices they made and the consequences of their decisions, and relating them to our choices here and now.  In this way, things can be discussed in a way that helps students learn to use a story’s lessons to make their own decisions and encourage their social engagement.

Although most stories necessarily include elements of chance and causation, to the extent that a story allows a choice of explanations – the factual situation will determine “how wide the realm of possibility and alternatives freely choosable (sic)” is available to the characters (Berlin 1954, 29) – my preference is to focus on choice rather than chance or causation because it is the narrative form that best empowers people and encourages students to think in terms of social engagement.  By rephrasing and reframing what is often portrayed as causation (Carr 1967, 113-115) into the language of circumstances, choices and consequences, we can retain the explanatory power of our story while adding a clearer moral dimension.  Both storyteller and audience are thereby rewarded with “a broader awareness of the alternatives open to us and armed with a sharper perceptiveness with which to make our choices” in the world in which we live (Williams 1974, 8, 10).

In Disney’s The Three Little Pigs, causation in the form of biological determinism is the primary agency of the story.  Wolves are predators.  They eat pigs and there is nothing we can do to change that.  Scieska in The True Story of the Three Little Pigs tries to absolve the wolf of the deaths of the pig brothers by introducing an element of chance into the story, with the wolf’s claim that the pigs were killed by accident.  But his attempt does not work because we really don’t believe the wolf’s story – the succession of coincidences he relates is very funny but not plausible – and because the biological determinism that underlies the relationship of wolves and pigs overrides any explanation that the wolf could give.

Trivias tries to make choice the primary agency of The Three Little Wolves and the Big Bad Pig by having the wolves and the pig choose to be friends in the end.  But this ultimately does not work because of the zoological imperative that wolves eat pigs.  Both Scieska and Trivias get caught in the chain of causation wrought by Disney’s choice of wolves and pigs as the story’s main characters.  By contrast, in Click, Clack, Moo: Cows that Type, Cronin is able to tell a plausible story of characters making choices because she has not chosen characters whose biological imperatives get in the way of the choices she wants them to make.

(d) Top-Down/Bottom-Up.  Finally, it makes a big moral difference whether stories portray the world as being controlled by the few at the top or the many at the bottom.  The top-down perspective focuses on great people, extraordinary individuals, heroes and charismatic leaders.  Events are explained primarily in terms of the actions of these few top people.  The top-down perspective portrays social progress as the result of great leaders reaching down and pulling the masses of people up to a higher level.  Since most students do not see themselves as great or heroic or charismatic, top-down stories tend to demean and demoralize the majority of students and convey a message that they need do nothing but wait for their leaders to act.  The top-down approach tends to portray leaders as miraculous saviors who appear by chance and/or as heroic individualists whose choices are portrayed out of the context of the circumstances that made them possible (Lemish 1969, 5-6).

The bottom-up approach portrays events as the result of actions and movements of ordinary people (Levine et al 1989, XI; Freeman et al 1992, .X).  Bottom-up stories explain leadership as a consequence of the masses of people pushing representative leaders to the fore, great individuals standing on the shoulders of their predecessors and colleagues.  The moral of a bottom-up story is for ordinary people to join together to effectuate necessary social changes so that “The people, then, can make their own history” (Lemish 1967, 5).  Top-down stories can demoralize children who do not see themselves as great or may inspire students toward self-centered social climbing toward personal greatness.  Bottom-up stories can help empower children from ordinary backgrounds and inspire them to work with their peers rather than away from them.  Although some stories may require some top-down orientation (Lemish 1967, 4), my preference is to emphasize a bottom-up approach whenever possible.

Disney’s The Three Little Pigs is a top-down story in which the superior pig gets the better of both his brothers and the wolf.  While it adjures children to be smart like the wise pig, it also tells them not to get bogged down in acting as their inferior brothers’ keeper or trying to deal peacefully with those who threaten them.  Scieska tries to reverse the moral direction of the story by having it told from the wolf’s point of view, the bottom-up view of a disadvantaged member of a minority group.  But we don’t believe the wolf, which only makes the situation worse because now we have additional reasons to distrust wolves and the minority groups he represents in the story.

In his story, Trivias tries to reverse the natural hierarchy by making the wolves little and the pig big – putting the wolves at the bottom and the pig at the top of the hierarchy – but this ultimately does not work because we know that the wolves will soon grow up to be predators of pigs.  Again, having accepted Disney’s main structural choices in setting up the story, Scieska and Trivias are condemned to Disney’s main conclusions.  By contrast, Cronin is able to tell a genuinely bottom-up story of ordinary characters rising together to great deeds because she has wisely chosen animals that are on essentially the same rank of the food chain hierarchy and are at least theoretically compatible with each other.

3. Diversity as Dangerous, Dispensable or Desirable: Out of the Fire and into the Pot

One of the main themes running through the various versions of “The Three Little Pigs,” and through children’s literature as a whole, is the question of how to think about and deal with diversity.  Do, for example, differences make a difference?  If so, is it for better or worse?  The narrative choices a storyteller makes – how he/she deals with characterization, dramatic form, agency, and perspective – can largely determine the message his/her story conveys about diversity.

The United States has from its inception been primarily a nation of immigrants, and what to do about diversity in our population has been an ongoing theme in American history.  One of the main concerns has been how to avoid the racial and ethnic conflicts and conflagrations that have periodically erupted.  Ever since Hector St. John de Crevecoeur referred to America as a “melting pot” in 1782, Americans have tended to frame the issue of diversity in terms of chemistry, as though cultural differences are chemical additives that people compound onto their otherwise common human nature.  Americans have, in turn, tended to respond to cultural differences in three main ways, portraying America as either what could be called a “smelting pot,” a “melting pot,” or a “stew pot,” depending on whether they see cultural diversity as dangerous, dispensable or desirable.

For most of the period from the founding of the first European colonies in the 1600’s until the early 1900’s, the predominant approach to cultural diversity in this country was the “smelting pot” view.  In this view, differences make a difference and they are deleterious.  Harkening back to the English origins of the colonies, White Anglo-Saxon Protestants, or WASPs, are generally seen in this view as the ideal Americans, and those who are different are seen to need to have those differences smelted away so that they can become like WASPs.  This view is still widely held by people who consider themselves politically and socially conservative.  The smelting pot view is based on a melodramatic and top-down history of America in which the ethnically and ethically pure are pitted against the degraded and degenerate who would pull America down if they weren’t defeated.

The “melting pot” view of America was popularized during the 1910’s in a play of that name by Israel Zangweel, a Russian Jewish immigrant.  In this view, differences don’t make a real difference and they should be either ignored in favor of our commonality or blended into the existing common mix to make a slightly new and better commonality.  This view is based on a comic narrative of the world in which people need to be taught either to ignore or relinquish unimportant differences.  The melting pot gradually became the predominant view of self-styled liberals during the course of the twentieth century.

What could be called the “stew pot” view was promoted in the early twentieth century by Horace Kallen, another Russian Jewish immigrant, and Randolph Bourne.  In this view, differences make a difference and they are generally desirable.  Cultural diversity provides a plethora of resources and perspectives with which to help solve the social problems we face.  In this view, diversity among people should be preserved even as they interact in a common democratic broth in which they solve common problems.  This view derives from a tragic and bottom-up perspective on the world in which people are able to recognize and negotiate their differences.  This has become the view of the multicultural movement among liberals in recent decades.

Depending on how a story deals with differences, the moral can be that differences are dangerous, dispensable or desirable, a lesson that can make a big difference in the way children approach the world.  These responses are illustrated in the three versions of “The Three Little Pigs” discussed herein.  Disney’s The Three Little Pigs portrays a world in which difference is dangerous.  His is a smelting pot view.  Scieska tries to counter that view by portraying the wolf as good-natured and as essentially a pig in wolf’s clothing – a melting pot view that differences don’t make a difference – but it does not work.  The zoological differences between wolves and pigs make a big difference and it is potentially a fatal one for the pigs.

Trivias tries to portray the differences between wolves and pigs as desirable, so long as they are able to recognize and negotiate their differences – a stew pot view – because then they are able to use their differences to have more fun together.  But, again, in the long run this view cannot hold given the biological imperatives that control wolves and pigs.  In choosing to promote and popularize a story about pigs and wolves, Disney has effectively controlled the message about diversity in the subsequent versions of “The Three Little Pigs” despite the liberal and multicultural intentions of Scieska and Trivias.  By contrast, Cronin is able to tell a story that demonstrates the stew pot view of diversity because she has chosen characters who are compatible and who make valuable contributions to the whole based on their differences.

4. Narrative Choices in Early Childhood Storytelling: Walt Disney versus Dr. Seuss.

Probably the two most popular and influential storytellers of the last half of the twentieth century were Walt Disney and Theodor Geisel, alias Dr. Seuss.  Both used their stories to educate children in the morals and manners they believed in.  Disney was politically and culturally conservative, and his stories are filled with conservative lessons that he hoped would influence children for the rest of their lives.  Dr. Seuss, was politically and culturally liberal, and his stories are filled with liberal lessons that he hoped children would absorb.

Both authors conveyed their views through their subject matter and their narrative structures.  The coalescence of subject matter and narrative structure is one of the things that made their books so powerful, with their messages reflecting the narrative choices they made and, in turn, their narrative choices reflecting their political and cultural inclinations.  Disney’s stories were mostly melodramas with top-down perspectives, genetically generated characters, and crucial events occurring primarily through chance or causation.  Most of his most famous stories were adaptations of traditional folktales, including several from the Grimm brothers (Snow White, Cinderella, Sleeping Beauty).  Dr. Seuss’ stories were of his own invention, and were mainly comedies and tragedies with bottom-up perspectives, characters that learn and change themselves and their societies, and events that result from characters’ choices.  Comparing some of their stories can help illustrate my thesis.

Disney portrays life as primarily a competition among individuals and a melodramatic battle of good individuals against the evil.  Disney, in turn, portrays cultural, economic, social and biological differences among characters as crucial causes of the characters’ good and evil behavior.  Such differences, and especially genetic differences, almost invariably determine the outcome of the story.  The wolf in The Three Little Pigs, for example, is by nature – by genetics – a big, bad, black character.  By contrast, Mickey Mouse, the star of many Disney cartoons, is by nature a happy-go-lucky, harmless, little black character.  In his original guise during the late 1920’s, Mickey looks and acts much like one of the minstrel performers – blackened-faced white men who mocked and caricatured black men – that were very popular at the time.  Both the wolf and Mickey reflect and perpetuate the racist stereotypes of black men as either ghouls or fools that were widespread in the period in which Disney was working.

Disney stories are almost always top-down in their perspective and generally with a genetic twist.  In Disney, class difference is generally biological difference and biology will triumph irrespective of the environment.  Born a princess, end up with a prince.  Born a worker, end up a worker.  A typical Disney story is about a princess or prince who yearns for recognition as what she/he really is by birth and for her/his rightful place in the world.  In Cinderella (1999), for example, the heroine’s noble birth is evidenced by her petite feet, and her natural superiority is duly recognized in the end.  In Bambi (1942), a prince finds his rightful place.

Disney stories tend to disparage ordinary people as mere facilitators for the nobility.  In Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs (1999), Princess Snow White comes upon a bunch of diminutive miners who, despite producing prodigious quantities of precious jewels in their work, live poorly and like pigs.  She promptly cleans them up and civilizes them.  Then, although the dwarves generously take her in and protect her, she leaves them in the end in their hovel to continue slaving in the mines while she goes off to live with a prince in a castle.  The dwarves seemingly get what they deserve as mere workers and Snow White gets what she deserves as a princess.  Disney’s is essentially a “creationist’s” universe – as you were created so should you live.

The plot-lines of Disney stories typically move as a result of chance or causation.  Disney’s heroines, such as Cinderella, Snow White and Sleeping Beauty, are passive, waiting for a prince to discover them by chance or circumstance.  Independent and intelligent women in Disney’s stories are almost invariably evil witches and/or evil stepmothers.  In the face of twentieth-century feminism, Disney seems to be trying to put the genie back in the bottle.  His treatment of Cinderella exemplifies this.  There have been scores of Cinderella-type stories throughout history in cultures all over the world.  While these stories are inherently sexist and classist – a poor young woman seeking to marry a wealthy man – the Disney version is distinguished by the helplessness and passivity of his heroine.  In stories from other times and places, the heroine is active and intelligent in making her way in the world (Climo, 1989; Louie, 1982; Huck, 1989).  Not so in the Disney version.

Even the wise pig in The Three Little Pigs does nothing pro-active about the evils of the world but merely waits for the wolf to come to him, at which point he reacts.  In Disney stories, ordinary people are expected to do what they are told by their superiors, or else.  In Pinocchio (1948), the would-be boy is given a cricket to act as his conscience.  The cricket regularly counsels Pinocchio to follow the conventional straight and narrow path, from which Pinocchio deviates to his detriment in search of illicit fun.  The overall moral of Disney stories for children is to defer uncritically to established authority and accept uncritically the social status quo.

Dr. Seuss is the anti-Disney, and his liberalism is reflected in the narrative choices he makes.  In The Cat in the Hat (1957), for example, the children have a fish who, like the cricket in Pinocchio, acts as their conscience and counsels them to follow the conventional path.  But, unlike Pinocchio, when they deviate from that path to have illicit fun, they suffer no consequences.  And at the end of the story, when the issue is raised as to whether the kids should tell their mother about what they have done, the book merely closes with a question to the reader: “Well…What would you do if your mother asked you?”  This is a patently subversive question that raises the possibility of children rejecting parental authority.  In raising open-ended questions about right and wrong, and trying to portray things from a child’s point of view, Dr. Seuss has rejected the moralistic, melodramatic mode of Disney and adopted a comic-tragic narrative mode.

Dr. Seuss’s stories are invariably bottom-up in their perspective, emphasizing the ability of ordinary folks, the little people – children included – to change the world and make it a better place.  In Dr. Seuss’s world, class difference is usually environment difference and if the environment changes, people change, sometimes for the better and sometimes for the worse depending on whether the new environment calls forth people’s better or worse selves.  Dr. Seuss is essentially an evolutionist.

In The Lorax (1971), a child is given the last Truffula seed and the job of saving the environment.  In Yertle the Turtle (1950), a “plain little turtle whose name was just Mack,” and who finds himself at the bottom of the social pile, is able to bring down the king and help establish freedom and democracy in his society.  In Green Eggs and Ham (1960), the childlike Sam-I-Am turns the tables on the adult character and harasses him into trying something that he does not want to try, a reversal of traditional roles in which adults try to teach children new things and force children to do things they do not want to do.

In Horton Hears a Who (1954), the main character is an elephant who, with his giant-sized ears, can hear the pleas for help of tiny people that live on a speck of dust.  Horton tries to help them save their tiny world from destruction but is mocked by other creatures in the forest that have smaller ears and cannot hear the “Who’s.”  Although Horton is by far the largest creature in the forest, he is eventually overpowered by his neighbors who think he is deranged and who want to get rid of the speck of dust.  Horton pleads with the “Who’s” to make enough noise so that the other animals will be able to hear them and, in the end, it is the added voice of the smallest “Who” child that makes the difference so that Horton is vindicated and the “Who’s” world is saved.

The lessons of the story include: that those like Horton with special strengths and abilities must help those without; that not even the mightiest individual, such as Horton, can prevail against the collective efforts of ordinary people; that only through the collective efforts of ordinary people, such as the “Who’s,” can good things get done; and, that even the smallest person, such as that last Who child, can make the difference.  These are empowering lessons for children that follow from Dr. Seuss’ decision to tell his story as a comedy-tragedy, from the bottom-up and as a function of characters’ choices.

Dr. Seuss insists in his stories that ordinary people can change the world for the better and that a changed world can make people happier.  Toward this end, he emphasizes the importance of nurture over nature and man-made environment over biology, to the point of sometimes even denying the scientific facts of genetics.  In Horton Hatches an Egg (1940), a lazy bird tricks the elephant Horton into sitting on her egg while she goes partying.  When, after many trials and tribulations which test Horton’s devotion to his task, the egg is finally hatched, the new born creature is half bird and half elephant.  In Dr. Seuss’s moral world, Horton deserves some tangible credit for parenting the egg even though he is not a biological parent, and the new born creature deserves some of Horton’s benevolent, beneficent characteristics rather than merely those of his/her absent father and selfish mother.  This is a very different moral universe than Disney’s genetically determined world.

Dr. Seuss generally focuses in his stories on differences among people that don’t make a difference and takes a “melting pot” view of cultural differences.  In The Sneetches (1961) and in The Butter Battle Book (1984), he comically satirizes the foolishness and potentially deadly consequences of fighting over superficial differences, such as having stars on your belly and buttering your bread on the upside or downside.  This assimilationist approach to cultural differences was characteristic of liberals in the period of the 1950’s to 1970’s in which Dr. Seuss did most of his work, a time when liberals were promoting integration through the civil rights movement.

While Disney’s “smelting pot” and Dr. Seuss’ “melting pot” views of diversity largely dominated the discussion of diversity during most of the twentieth century, some authors of children’s literature have presented a “stew pot” view.  The Araboolies of Liberty Street (1989), by Sam Swope, is an attempt to portray differences in a multicultural “stew pot” way.  In this story, a large extended family of colorful but quirky and noisy people move onto a bourgeois, suburban street, much to the glee of the children and the consternation of an uptight couple who are the conservative culture-cops of the neighborhood.

The story is sympathetic to the gentle and kind countercultural Araboolies and hostile to the nasty culture-cops, but it also raises the question of whether the reader would like to live on the same block with people as noisy, sloppy and erratic as the Araboolies.  In adopting what could be considered a tragic or relativistic view of cultural differences, the book forces the reader to consider which differences among people actually make a difference and how one can deal amicably with those differences.  In this regard, Swope’s view is essentially an extension of Dr. Seuss’ and a rejection of Disney’s.

In sum, Disney typically made narrative choices in favor of melodramatic form, top-down perspective, genetic determinism, and plot-lines based on chance and causation.  Because of these narrative choices, his stories are generally disabling and disempowering to children.  Dr. Seuss made narrative choices in favor of comedy or tragedy, a bottom-up perspective, nurture over nature, and plot-lines based on choice.  Because of these narrative choices, his stories are generally enabling and empowering for children.

The nature and effect of an author’s narrative choices is easy to see in early childhood stories such as those by Disney and Dr. Seuss but they are no less evident and important in literature for adolescents and adults.  Compare, for example, Madeline L’Engel’s A Wrinkle in Time (1962) with J.K. Rowling’s Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone (1997), both stories about magic and magical children  The conservative tone and lessons of L’Engel’s book are based on the melodramatic, top-down, genetic determinism of her narrative.

Rowling’s more liberal tone and lessons reflect the comedic mixture of top-down-bottom-up perspectives and nature-nurture influences in her narrative.  The lessons with which readers of any form of literature are left depend in large part on the narrative choices I have described.  In deciding which stories to use and how to use them, educators routinely look at the messages that the stories convey.  In looking for the message of a story, teachers should look at the narrative medium of the story and the narrative choices the author has made in setting up the story.  The message is often in the medium.

5. Making Narrative Choices in Historical Fiction: What to do about Hitler?

The same principles of storytelling that apply to fiction also apply to real world stories about history, current events and personal experiences – the way an author or a teacher tells the story will largely determine the message he/she conveys.  Real world stories, including historical fiction, must of course be firmly based on the best available evidence and conform to all the available facts.  While the author of a historical fiction may invent characters and events that are characteristic of the times, he/she cannot change the known facts of the times.

Unlike the author of a purely fictional story, the author of a historical fiction may not choose to talk about cows when the facts point to wolves.  Nonetheless, an author of historical fiction or historical non-fiction and any other factual story for that matter, and a teacher when discussing a historical or any other factual situation, has considerable leeway in presenting the facts, and the meaning and effect of those facts can vary considerably depending on the narrative choices he/she makes.

While some factual stories fit naturally into one narrative form or another, other stories can be told as melodramas, comedies or tragedies, and you have your choice of story forms.  The history of Adolf Hitler and the Holocaust, for example, naturally fits into melodrama.  Hitler was an evil man and the Holocaust was an evil event.  The history of the American Revolution, on the other hand, can legitimately be told in various forms.  It can be told as a melodrama in which the Good revolutionaries fought against the Bad British or, from the British point of view, the Good British against the Bad Americans.  It can also be told as a comedy in which the British foolishly thought they could keep the American colonies forever as dependencies, or as a comedy in which the Americans foolishly rebelled because they mistakenly thought the King intended to repress the colonies.  And it can be told as a tragedy in which the British government and the American revolutionaries each sought narrow goals that were good in and of themselves, and that could have and should have been peacefully reconciled, but were not to the detriment of both sides.

The history of the American Revolution can, in turn, be told from a top-down perspective as the result of actions by an elite group of American revolutionaries and/or British officials, or as a bottom-up movement of ordinary people, or some combination of the two.  It can be told as the chance result of a series of fortunate or unfortunate accidents, the inevitable result of a chain of causation, or the result of a series of choices that could have been otherwise.  The best available evidence on the American Revolution will support any of these versions, and the best historians differ in their approaches, so teachers are left with important choices as to the narrative forms for this story and, in turn, as to the moral of the story.

Choosing the narrative approach appropriate to a real world issue is sometimes simple and other times quite complex.  When the facts clearly dictate a particular narrative approach that approach is the one you simply must take.  When the facts leave you with a choice, I think the choice should, and almost invariably will, be based on your educational goals.  Most authors of books for young people and most teachers primarily rely on melodrama and top-down perspectives.  This seems in part because they think that presenting battles between good and evil, and focusing on larger-than-life heroes and villains, are the liveliest and most interesting ways to tell a story.  This is, I think, a mistake in at least two respects.

Authors and teachers who rely on top-down melodrama underestimate their audience, their materials, their message and themselves.  Their books and lessons are composed as though young people cannot understand and accept that heroes can have flaws and villains can have virtues.  As a result, the books and lessons are demoralizing to students because if heroes are perfectly good and villains are purely evil, then there is no useful explanation of why the good often fail and the bad often succeed.  How can students understand the rise of Hitler, for example, without reference to qualities that were appealing to ordinary people?  How can students understand the greatness of Lincoln without reference to his struggles with his own racism?

These books and lessons are also debilitating because if students do not understand that the good may not be perfectly good and the bad may not be entirely bad, they are not equipped to recognize good and bad people or good and bad ideas.  Without such understanding, how can they learn to recognize and respect the most important qualities in a person or idea, and avoid being unduly swayed by superficial flaws and superficial appeals?  And, perhaps most important, how can they learn to deal with their own internal contradictions and struggles between their better selves and worse selves?  Rather than portraying heroes in purely melodramatic terms, it would be better to present them in more comic and tragic terms.   Heroes could be seen as worth admiring for the ideals they represent and tried to fulfill, and worth studying for the ways they did not measure up to those ideals and, thereby, started a job that we should try to finish.

Real world stories, including historical fiction, can be successfully written in comic and tragic terms, from the bottom-up as well as the top-down, and with an emphasis on choice rather than chance or causation.  This is demonstrated by the popularity of historical fiction for young people by such award-winning authors as Kathryn Lasky (True North, 1996; A Journey to the New World, 1996; Dreams of a Golden Country, 1998), Katherine Paterson (Lyddie, 1991; Bread and Roses, Too, 2006), James and Christopher Collier (My Brother Sam is Dead, 1974), and Gary Paulsen (NightJohn, 1993; The Rifle, 1995), whose books are written for the most part in what I have defined as the tragic mode, with a bottom-up perspective and an emphasis on characters’ choices as the moving agency of their stories.  Teachers can do likewise in their lessons.

Authors and teachers who depend on melodrama, top-down narratives and causal explanations also frequently undercut their own intended message.  This point is exemplified in the similarities and differences between two historical novels about adolescent girls working in the Lowell textile mills during the 1840’s, So Far From Home: The Diary of Mary Driscoll, an Irish Mill Girl (1997) by Barry Denenberg and Lyddie (1991) by Katherine Paterson.  Both stories are written from a liberal political and social perspective.  Both are harshly critical of child labor and working conditions in the factories and express sympathy for immigrants and for the labor movement.  Both stories follow essentially the same factual pattern, as follows:

Family breakdown forces a young girl to leave home (Ireland for Mary; western Massachusetts for Lyddie) to seek work.  The girl endures a hard passage from home to Lowell but makes friends along the way.  The girl is at first excited about factory work, enjoying the independence and money, but the work soon becomes grueling and the life tedious.  The girl makes friends with some co-workers and struggles with others.  One friend is a union leader who involves the girl with a nascent union.  The girl’s original goal is to make enough money to reunite her family but this goal is foiled by deaths and dispersion of the family, which leaves the girl with new choices to make at the end.

Despite similarities in the stories’ subject matter and their authors’ political orientation, the stories leave very different impressions on the reader.  So Far From Home is a melodrama of good against evil.  The bad guys are the English landowners in Ireland, the English sailors on the boat Mary takes to America, and the mill owners and supervisors in Lowell.  These people are prejudiced against the Irish and have no qualms about exploiting poor people.  The good guys are Mary, her friends and several good-hearted adults.  The book is full of sensational events – heroic rescues and heartbreaking deaths – representing them as normal everyday life, similar to a soap opera.

The book is also highly sentimental, starting with an idealized version of rural family life in the good old days, and contrasting industrialization and urbanization in the nineteenth century with a romanticized past.  Mary has almost no choices to make in the book, and she and the story are driven by economic and social forces over which neither she nor the other characters have any control.  The story ends with no hope of collective social action against the bad guys, and the moral of the story is that a combination of self-help, mutual aid and family solidarity is the only way for an individual to survive.  This is a moral very similar to Disney’s in his Three Little Pigs.

Lyddie is a tragedy with characters straining against their personal limitations and situations that are full of internal contradictions.  Lyddie and other characters repeatedly act with narrow-minded good intentions that lead to bad ends, followed by negotiations among the characters that lead to new solutions.  The plot proceeds dialectically as Lyddie tries something, goes too far, then recovers and reconfigures her position to try something else.  The book highlights the importance of the choices that Lyddie and her colleagues make, for their own lives and for society.  The book projects a stoic view of life – hope for the best while expecting the worst – but also offers its characters and readers a utopian ideal of a cooperative society.

Lyddie has three main historical themes, each of which is connected to a social issue of today.  The first theme is family and the book essentially asks “What is a family?”  Lyddie begins with the goal of sustaining her biological nuclear family, a laudable goal.  But, unlike Mary’s family in So Far From Home, Lyddie’s biological family is almost totally dysfunctional – her father abandons the family, her mother becomes psychotic, her other relatives are uncaring, and her siblings scatter to foster homes.  Lyddie’s parents are wrong about almost everything.

Lyddie’s initial focus on reuniting her nuclear family leads her to frustration and isolation.  So, Lyddie has to create alternative families out of co-workers and friends, as do most of the main characters in the book.  Ultimately, the book’s answer to this question seems to be that any group of people that works together and supports its members is a family – a definition of family that eschews any sentimentalism about the supposedly ideal biologically-based nuclear family of olden days and is very relevant to current discussions about marriage and family life.

The book’s second theme is work and the purpose of work.  Lyddie initially wants to make money to help her nuclear family, a laudable goal, but then falls for the myth of the self-made person and the lure of money.  She becomes greedy and selfish, and harsh toward Irish immigrants similar to Mary in So Far From Home who threaten the jobs and wage-levels of native workers.  But, in the end, Lyddie learns that work should be a satisfactory way of life, not merely a means to make money for oneself, and that cooperation is the key to this.

The book’s third theme is the role of women in society.  Lyddie begins with traditional aspirations of getting married and becoming a housewife.  But her observation and experience leads her to abandon this notion.  The traditional role of the dependent wife is portrayed negatively – Lyddie’s dad leaves his then helpless wife, Lyddie’s best friend in the mills is impregnated by a married man who abandons her, and Lyddie eventually decides not get married until she can support herself intellectually as well as economically.  In the end, Lyddie goes off to Oberlin College to learn how to make a better contribution to society.

Although the Lowell labor union in Lyddie fails to achieve its goals, the message of the book is that collective social action is the best way to make your way in the world.  This is a moral very similar to Cronin’s in Click, Clack, Moo: Cows that Type.  Paterson’s recent book Bread and Roses, Too (2006) deals with the same themes as Lyddie in the context of the 1912 Lawrence textile strike, a situation in which Eastern European immigrants threatened the wage levels and jobs of the now-established Irish workers and bosses.  In this book, the union wins and the civic messages of feminism and cooperative social action are even clearer.

So Far From Home and Lyddie have the same basic subject matter and their authors have the same basic liberal intentions.  But the moral of their stories is, nonetheless, very different.  So Far From Home conveys a message of individual self-help and civic disengagement.  Lyddie conveys a message of collective action and civic engagement, and of using past decisions to help understand present-day choices.  It is primarily the respective structures of the two books – melodramatic versus tragic and causation versus choice – that makes the difference.

At the end of the musical Into the Woods, the witch warns that “Children may not obey, but children will listen.  Children will look to you for which way to turn, to learn what to be,” so be careful of the stories you tell them.  And the chorus responds that “You just can’t act, you have to listen.  You just can’t act, you have to think.”  In choosing books for students to read, in discussing books and events with them, and in preparing lessons, we need to think about the narrative structure of the stories we are presenting to them.  We need to listen carefully to the messages being conveyed by the way we are saying things, and think not only about the substance of what we want to say but also about the form.  The narrative choices we make can determine the moral of our story.

References

Bacon, Betty. 1988. “Introduction.” Pp.1-14 in How Much Truth Do We Tell The Children: The Politics of Children’s Literature.  Edited by B. Bacon. Minneapolis, MN: Marxist Educational Press.

Banfield, Edward. 1990. The Unheavenly City Revisited. Long Grove, IL: Waveland Press..

Barber, Benjamin. 1998. A Passion for Democracy. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Berlin, Isaiah. 1954. Historical Inevitability. London: Oxford University Press.

Bishop, Gavin. 1989.  The Three Little Pigs. New York: Scholastic, Inc.

Burke, Kenneth. 1961. Attitudes Toward History. Boston: Beacon Press.

Carr, Edward Hallett. 1967. What is History?  New York: Vintage Books.

Clark, Beverly. 2003. Kiddie Lit: The Cultural Construction of Children’s Literature in America. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Climo, Shirley. 1989.  The Egyptian Cinderella. New York: HarperCollins.

Collier, James & Christopher Collier. 1974. My Brother Sam is Dead. New York: Scholastic, Inc.

Cronin, Doreen. 2000.  Click, Clack, Moo: Cows that Type.  New York: Simon & Schuster.

Denenberg, Barry. 1997. So Far from Home: The Diary of Mary Driscoll, an Irish Mill  Girl, Lowell, Massachusetts, 1847. New York, Scholastic, Inc.

Diamond, Jared. 1993. The Third Chimpanzee: The Evolution and Future of the Human Animal.  New York: Harper Perennial.

Disney, Walt. 1933. The Three Little Pigs. Hollywood, CA: Walt Disney Pictures.

Disney, Walt. 1942. Bambi. New York: Walt Disney Productions.

Disney, Walt. 1948. Pinocchio. New York: Golden Book.

Disney, Walt. 1999. Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs. New York: Disney Enterprises.

Disney, Walt. 1999. Cinderella. New York: Disney Enterprises.

Disney, Walt. 2001. “The Three Little Pigs” Pp. 69-84. in Walt Disney’s Classic  Storybook. New York: Disney Press.

Dorfman, Ariel & Armand Mattelart. 1988. Pp. 22-31. “How to read Donald Duck andother innocent literature for children.” in How Much Truth Do We Tell The Children: The Politics of Children’s Literature.  Edited by B. Bacon. Minneapolis, MN: Marxist Educational Press.

Dr. Seuss. 1940. Horton Hatches the Egg. New York: Random House.

Dr. Seuss. 1950. Yertle the Turtle. New York: Random House.

Dr. Seuss. 1954. Horton Hears a Who. New York: Random House.

Dr. Seuss. 1957. The Cat in the Hat. New York: Random House.

Dr. Seuss. 1960. Green Eggs and Ham. New York: Random House.

Dr. Seuss. 1961. The Sneetches. New York: Random House.

Dr. Seuss. 1971. The Lorax. New York: Random House.

Dr. Seuss. 1984.  The Butter Battle Book. New York: Random House.

Egan, Kieran. 1988. Teaching as Storytelling. London: Routledge.

Egan, Kieran. 1992. Imagination in Teaching and Learning. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Ellis, Alec. 1968. A History of Children’s Reading and Literature. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Freeman, Joshua et al. 1992. Who Built America: Working People & the Nation’s Economy, Politics, Culture & Society, Vol. Two: From the Gilded Age to the Present.  New York: Pantheon Books.

Galdone, Paul. 1970. The Three Little Pigs. New York: Clarion Books.

Gillespie, Margaret. 1970. Literature for Children: History and Trends. Dubuque, IA: Wm. C. Brown Company.

Goodman, Paul. 1954..The Structure of Literature. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Harbage, Alfred. 1970. “Introduction.” Pp.14-27 in King Lear by William Shakespeare. Baltimore, Md: Penguin Books.

Hines, Maude. 2004. “He Made Us Very Much Like the Flowers.”  Pp. 16-30 in Wild Things: Children’s Culture and Ecocriticism. Edited by S. Dobrin & K. Kidd. Detroit, MI: Wayne State Press.

Huck, Charlotte. 1989.  Princess Furball. New York: Greenwillow Books.

Hunt, Peter. 1991. Criticism, Theory and Children’s Literature. Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.

Jurich, Marilyn. 1988. “What is left out of biography for children.” Pp.206-216 in How Much Truth Do We Tell The Children :The Politics of Children’s Literature. Edited by B. Bacon.  Minneapolis, MN: Marxist Educational Press.

Lasky, Kathryn. 1996. A Journey to the New World: The Diary of Remember Patience Whipple.  New York: Scholastic, Inc.

Lasky, Kathryn. 1996. True North. New York: Scholastic, Inc.

Lasky, Kathryn. 1998. Dreams in the Golden Country: The Diary of Zipporah  Feldman, a Jewish Immigrant Girl.  New York: Scholastic, Inc.

Lehr, Susan. 2001. “The Hidden Curriculum: Are We Teaching Young Girls to Wait for a Prince?” Pp.1-20 in Beauty, Brains and Brawn: The Construction of Gender in Children’s Literature. Edited by S. Lehr. Portsmith, NH: Heinemann.

L’Engle, Madeleine. 1962. A Wrinkle in Time.  New York: Dell Publishing.

Lemisch, Jesse. 1967. Towards a Democratic History, A Radical Education Project             Occasional Paper.  Madison, WI: Radical Education Project.

Lemisch, Jesse. 1969. “The American Revolution seen from the Bottom Up.” Pp.3-45 inToward a New Past: Dissenting Essays in American History. Edited by Bernstein. New York: Vintage Books.

Levine, Bruce et al. 1989. Who Built America? Working People & the Nation’s Economy, Politics, Culture & Society, Vol. One: From Conquest & Colonization through Reconstruction & the Great Uprising of 1877. New York: Pantheon Books.

Louie, Ai-Ling. 1982. Yeh Shen: A Cinderella Story from China. New York: Philomel Books.

Lorenz, Konrad. 1966. On Aggression. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.

Lucas, Ann. 2003. “The Past in the Present of Children’s Literature.” Pp.XIII-XXI in The Presence of the Past in Children’s Literature  Edited by A. Lucas. Westport, CN: Praeger.

Lurie, Alison. 1990. Don’t Tell the Grownups: Subversive Children’s Literature.  Boston: Little Brown & Co.

MacLeod, Ann. 1994. American Childhood: Essays on Children’s Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press.

McEwan, Hunter & Kieren Egan. 1995. “Introduction.” Pp.VII-XV in Narrative in Teaching, Learning and Research. Edited by H. McEwan & K. Egan.  New York: Teachers College Press.

Moynihan, Ruth. 1988. “Ideologies in Children’s Literature: Some Preliminary Notes.” Pp.93-100 in How Much Truth Do We Tell The Children: The Politics of Children’s Literature.  Edited by B. Bacon.  Minneapolis, MN: Marxist Educational Press.

O’Toole, Fintan. 2002. Shakespeare is Hard, but so is Life: A Radical Guide to            Shakespearian Tragedy. London: Granta Books.

Paterson, Katherine. 1991. Lyddie. New York: Puffin Books.

Paterson, Katherine. 2006.  Bread and Roses, Too.  New York: Clarion Books.

Paulsen, Gary. 1993.  NightJohn.  New York: Bantam Doubleday Dell.

Paulsen, Gary. 1995.  The Rifle.   New York: Bantam Doubleday Dell.

Plato. 1956. Great Dialogues of Plato. New York: Mentor Books.

Rowling, J.K. 1997. Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone. New York: Scholastic, Inc.

Sarland, Charles. 1999. “Critical Tradition and Ideological Positioning.” Pp.30-49 in Understanding Children’s Literature. Edited by P. Hunt. London: Routledge.

Scieszka, Jon. 1989. The True Story of the Three Little Pigs. New York: Scholastic, Inc.

Stephens, John. 1992. Language and Ideology in Children’s Fiction. London: Longman.

Stephens, John. 1999. “Linguistics and Stylistics.” Pp.73-85 in Understanding Children’s Literature. Edited by P. Hunt. London: Routledge.

Swope, Sam. 1989. The Araboolies of Liberty Street. New York: Farrar, Strauss & Giroux.

Taxel, Joel. 1988. “The American Revolution in Children’s Books: Issues of Race and Class.” Pp.157-172 in How Much Truth Do We Tell The Children: The Politics of Children’s Literature. Edited by B. Bacon.  Minneapolis, MN: Marxist Educational Press.

Thaler, Danielle. 2003. “Fiction vs. History: History’s Ghosts.” Pp.3-11. in The Presence of the Past in Children’s Literature. Edited by A. Lucas. Westport, CN: Praeger.

Trivias, Eugene. 1993.  The Three Little Wolves and the Big Bad Pig.  New York: Scholastic, Inc.

Van Doren, Mark. 2005. Shakespeare. New York: New York Review Books.

Williams, William Appleman. 1974. History as a Way of Learning. New York: New Viewpoints.

Wilson, David Sloane. 2007. Evolution of Everyone. New York: Delacorte Press.

Witherell, Carol et al. 1995. “Narrative Landscapes and the Moral Imagination.” Pp.VII-XV in Narrative in Teaching, Learning and Research. Edited by McEwan & K. Egan. New York: Teachers College Press.